-
21 volo
1.vŏlo (2 d pers. sing. vis, orig. veis, Prisc. 9, 1, 6, p. 847 P.; 1 st pers. plur. volumus, but volimus, Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 89 Speng.; 3 d pers. sing. volt, and 2 d pers. plur. voltis always in ante-class. writers;I.also volt,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 17, § 42; 2, 5, 49, § 128; id. Sest. 42, 90; id. Phil. 8, 9, 26; id. Par. 5, 1, 34; id. Rep. 3, 33, 45:voltis,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 53, § 122; 2, 3, 94, § 219; 2, 5, 5, § 11; 2, 3, 89, § 208; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Rab. Perd. 12, 33; id. Sest. 30, 64; id. Par. 1, 2, 11 et saep. — Pres. subj. velim, but sometimes volim, Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 44 Ritschl; cf. Prisc. 9, 1, 8, p. 848 P.;so volint,
Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 65 Ritschl), velle, volui ( part. fut. voliturus, Serv. ad Verg. A. 5, 712; contr. forms, vin for visne, freq. in Plaut. and Ter., also Hor. S. 1, 9, 69; Pers. 6, 63:sis for si vis,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 70; id. Merc. 4, 4, 37; id. Pers. 3, 3, 8; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 20; id. Heaut. 1, 2, 38; Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42; id. Rosc. Am. 16, 48; id. Mil. 22, 60; Liv. 34, 32, 20:sultis for si voltis, only ante-class.,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. As. prol. 1; id. Capt. 2, 3, 96; 3, 5, 9; 4, 4, 11), v. irreg. a. [Sanscr. var-; Gr. bol-, boulomai; cf. the strengthened root Wel- in eeldomai, elpomai; Germ. wollen; Engl. will], expressing any exercise of volition, and corresponding, in most cases, to the Germ. wollen; in Engl. mostly rendered, to wish, want, intend, purpose, propose, be willing, consent, mean, will, and, impersonally, it is my will, purpose, intention, plan, policy (syn.: cupio, opto; but volo properly implies a purpose).In gen.A.With object-infinitive.1.With pres. inf.a.To wish.(α).Exire ex urbe priusquam luciscat volo, Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 35:(β).potare ego hodie tecum volo,
id. Aul. 3, 6, 33:ego quoque volo esse liber: nequiquam volo,
id. Trin. 2, 4, 39; so id. ib. 2, 4, 164:ait rem seriam agere velle mecum,
Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8:natus enim debet quicunque est velle manere In vita,
Lucr. 5, 177:video te alte spectare et velle in caelum migrare,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 34, 82:quid poetae? Nonne post mortem nobilitari volunt?
id. ib. 1, 15, 34:si innocentes existimari volumus,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 28:quoniam opinionis meae voluistis esse participes,
id. de Or. 1, 37, 172:quod eas quoque nationes adire et regiones cognoscere volebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 7:si velit suos recipere, obsides sibi remittat,
id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:dominari illi volunt, vos liberi esse,
Sall. J. 31, 23:si haec relinquere voltis,
id. C. 58, 15:priusquam liberi estis, dominari jam in adversarios vultis,
Liv. 3, 53, 7:si quis vestrum suos invisere volt, commeatum do,
id. 21, 21, 5:non enim vincere tantum noluit, sed vinci voluit,
id. 2, 59, 2:suspitionem Caesar quibusdam reliquit, neque voluisse se diutius vivere, neque curasse,
Suet. Caes. 85:Eutrapelus cuicunque nocere volebat, Vestimenta dabat pretiosa,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 31.—Idiomatically: quid arbitramini Rheginos merere velle ut ab iis marmorea illa Venus auferatur? what do you think the Rhegini would take for, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 60, § 135.—(γ).Transf., of things: fabula quae posci vult et spectata reponi, a comedy which wishes (i. e. is meant) to be in demand, etc., Hor. A. P. 190:b.neque enim aut hiare semper vocalibus aut destitui temporibus volunt sermo atque epistula,
Quint. 9, 4, 20; cf. id. 8, prooem. 23.—Of the wishes of those that have a right to command, the gods, masters, parents, commanders, etc., I want, wish, will, am resolved, it is my will:c.in acdibus quid tibi meis erat negoti...? Volo scire,
Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 14; 3, 2, 17; 3, 2, 18; 3, 6, 27; id. Curc. 4, 3, 11; id. Ep. 3, 4, 74; id. Mil. 2, 3, 74; 3, 1, 17; id. Stich. 1, 2, 56; Ter. And. 1, 2, 9; 4, 2, 17:maxima voce clamat populus, neque se uni, nec paucis velle parere,
Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55:consuesse deos immortalis, quos pro scelere eorum ulcisci velint, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 1, 13:hic experiri vim virtutemque volo,
Liv. 23, 45, 9.—= in animo habere, to intend, purpose, mean, design:d.ac volui inicere tragulam in nostrum senem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 4, 14:eadem quae illis voluisti facere tu, faciunt tibi,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 11; so id. Most. 2, 2, 5:puerumque clam voluit exstinguere,
Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 23:necare candem voluit,
Cic. Cael. 13, 31: quid enim ad illum qui te captare vult, utrum [p. 2005] tacentem te irretiat an loquentem? id. Ac. 2, 29, 94:hostis hostem occidere volui,
Liv. 2, 12, 9; 7, 34, 11: volui interdiu eum... occidere; volui, cum ad cenam invitavi, veneno scilicet tollere;volui... ferro interficere (ironically),
id. 40, 13, 2:tuum crimen erit, hospitem occidere voluisse,
the intention to kill your guest-friend, Val. Max. 5, 1, 3 fin.; 6, 1, 8:non enim vult mori, sed invidiam filio facere,
Quint. 9, 2, 85.—Pregn., opp. optare: non vult mori qui optat,
Sen. Ep. 117, 24:sed eo die is, cui dare volueram (epistulam), non est profectus,
Cic. Att. 9, 7, 1:cum de senectute vellem aliquid scribere,
id. Sen. 1, 2:ego te volui castigare, tu mihi accussatrix ades,
Plaut. As. 3, 1, 10:bonus volo jam ex hoc die esse,
id. Pers. 4, 3, 10:ego jam a principio amici filiam, Ita ut aequom fuerat, volui uxorem ducere,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 46:at etiam eo negotio M. Catonis splendorem maculare voluerunt,
it was their purpose, Cic. Sest. 28, 60:eum (tumulum) non tam capere sine certamine volebat, quam causam certaminis cum Minucio contrahere,
his plan was, Liv. 22, 28, 4.—Of things:cum lex venditionibus occurrere voluit,
when it was the purpose of the law, Dig. 46, 1, 46: sed quid ea drachuma facere vis? Ca. Restim volo Mihi emere... qui me faciam pensilem, Plaut. Ps. 1, 1, 87: Ch. Revorsionem ad terram faciunt vesperi. Ni. Aurum hercle auferre voluere, id. Bacch. 2, 3, 63:si iis qui haec omnia flamma ac ferro delere voluerunt... bellum indixi, etc.,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 10, 24:(plebem) per caedem senatus vacuam rem publicam tradere Hannibali velle,
Liv. 23, 2, 7:rem Nolanam in jus dicionemque dare voluerat Poeno,
id. 23, 15, 9: qui (majores nostri) tanta cura Siculos tueri ac retinere voluerunt ut, etc., whose policy it was to protect, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 6, § 14:ut qui a principio mitis omnibus Italicis praeter Romanos videri vellet, etc.,
Liv. 23, 15, 4: idem istuc, si in vilitate largiri voluisses, derisum tuum beneficium esset, if you had offered to grant the same thing during low prices, etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 92, § 215.—= studere, conari, to try, endeavor, attempt:e.quas (i. e. magnas res) qui impedire vult, is et infirmus est mobilisque natura, et, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 20, 75:nam si quando id (exordium) primum invenire volui, nullum mihi occurrit, nisi aut exile, aut, etc.,
id. Or. 2, 77, 315:de Antonio dico, numquam illum... nonnullorum de ipso suspitionem infitiando tollere voluisse,
that he never attempted to remove, id. Sest. 3, 8; id. Div. 1, 18, 35:audes Fatidicum fallere velle deum?
do you dare attempt? Ov. F. 2, 262.—To mean, of actions and expressions:f.hic respondere voluit, non lacessere,
the latter meant to answer, not to provoke, Ter. Phorm. prol. 19:non te judices urbi sed carceri reservarunt, neque to retinere in civitate, sed exilio privare voluerunt,
Cic. Att. 1, 16, 9.—So, volo dicere, I mean (lit. I intend to say):quid aliud volui dicere?
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 51:volo autem dicere, illud homini longe optimum esse quod ipsum sit optandum per se,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 20, 46.—Often with the acc. illud or id, as a correction: Tr. Specta quam arcte dormiunt. Th. Dormiunt? Tr. Illut quidem ut conivent volui dicere, I mean how they nod, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 145: Py. Quid? bracchium? Ar. Illud dicere volui femur, id. Mil. 1, 1, 27:adduxi volui dicere,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 21; id. Am. 1, 1, 233; 1, 1, 235; id. Cas. 2, 6, 14; id. Mil. 3, 2, 7; id. Ps. 3, 2, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 9.—To be going to: haec argumenta ego aedificiis dixi; nunc etiam volo docere ut homines aedium esse similes arbitremini, now I am going to show how, etc., Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 37: quando bene gessi rem, volo hic in fano supplicare, I am going to worship here, etc., id. Curc. 4, 2, 41:g.nunc quod relicuom restat volo persolvere,
id. Cist. 1, 3, 40:sustine hoc, Penicule, exuvias facere quas vovi volo,
id. Men. 1, 3, 13:sinite me prospectare ne uspiam insidiae sint, consilium quod habere volumus,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 3; id. As. 2, 2, 113; id. Cas. 4, 2, 3; id. Bacch. 1, 1, 61:si Prometheus, cum mortalibus ignem dividere vellet, ipse a vicinis carbunculos conrogaret, ridiculus videretur,
Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9:ait se velle de illis HS. LXXX. cognoscere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 23, § 56:hinc se recipere cum vellent, rursus illi ex loco superiore nostros premebant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 45. —To be about to, on the point of: quom mittere signum Volt, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 88 Vahl.):h.quotiens ire volo foras, retines me, rogitas quo ego eam,
Plaut. Men. 1, 2, 5:quae sese in ignem inicere voluit, prohibui,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 113:si scires aspidem latere uspiam, et velle aliquem imprudentem super eam adsidere,
Cic. Fin. 2, 18, 59; id. Div. 1, 52, 118:quod cum facere vellent, intervenit M. Manilius,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18:qui cum opem ferre vellet, nuntiatum sibi esse aliam classem ad Aegates insulas stare,
Liv. 22, 56, 7:at Libys obstantes dum vult obvertere remos, In spatium resilire manus breve vidit,
Ov. M. 3, 676; 1, 635:P. Claudius cum proelium navale committere vellet,
Val. Max. 1, 4, 3.—Will, and in oblique discourse and questions would, the auxiliaries of the future and potential: animum advortite: Comediai nomen dari vobis volo, I will give you, etc., Plaut. Cas. prol. 30:k.sed, nisi molestum est, nomen dare vobis volo comediai,
id. Poen. prol. 50:vos ite intro. Interea ego ex hac statua verberea volo erogitare... quid sit factum,
id. Capt. 5, 1, 30:i tu atque arcessi illam: ego intus quod facto est opus volo adcurare,
id. Cas. 3, 3, 35; id. Cist. 1, 1, 113; id. Most. 1, 1, 63; id. Poen. 2, 44; id. Pers. 1, 3, 85; id. Rud. 1, 2, 33: cum vero (gemitus) nihil imminuat doloris, cur frustra turpes esse volumus? why will ( would) we be disgraceful to no purpose? Cic. Tusc. 2, 24, 57:illa enim (ars) te, verum si loqui volumus, ornaverat,
id. ib. 1, 47, 112:ergo, si vere aestimare volumus, etc.,
Val. Max. 7, 5, 6:si vere aestimare Macedonas, qui tunc erant, volumus,
Curt. 4, 16, 33:ejus me compotem facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, etc.,
Liv. 7, 40, 5:visne igitur, dum dies ista venit... interea tu ipse congredi mecum ut, etc....?
id. 8, 7, 7:volo tibi Chrysippi quoque distinctionem indicare,
Sen. Ep. 9, 14: vis tu homines urbemque feris praeponere silvis? will you prefer, etc., Hor. S. 2, 6, 92; cf. velim and vellem, would, II. A. 2.—Sometimes volui = mihi placuit, I resolved, concluded (generally, in this meaning, followed by an infinitive clause, v. I. B. 4.):1.uti tamen tuo consilio volui,
still I concluded to follow your advice, Cic. Att. 8, 3, 1.—To be willing, ready, to consent, like to do something: si sine bello velint rapta... tradere... se exercitum domum reducturum, if they were willing, would consent to, would deliver, etc., Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 52:m.is dare volt, is se aliquid posci,
likes to give, id. As. 1, 3, 29:hoc dixit, si hoc de cella concederetur, velle Siculos senatui polliceri frumentum in cellam gratis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 87, § 200:ei laxiorem daturos, si venire ad causam dicendam vellet,
Liv. 39, 17, 2; 5, 36, 4: nemo invenitur qui pecuniam suam dividere velit. Sen. Brev. Vit. 3, 1:plerique concessam sibi sub condicione vitam si militare adversus eum vellent, recusarunt,
Suet. Caes. 68:dedere etiam se volebant, si toleranda viris imperarentur,
Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12.—So with negatives, to be not willing, not to suffer, not to like, not to allow, refuse:heri nemo voluit Sostratam intro admittere,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 49:cum alter verum audire non vult,
Cic. Lael. 26, 98: a proximis quisque minime anteiri vult, likes least to be surpassed, etc., Liv. 6, 34, 7:nihil ex his praeter... accipere voluit,
refused to accept, Val. Max. 4, 3, 4.—To do something voluntarily or intentionally: volo facere = mea voluntate or sponte facio: si voluit accusare, pietati tribuo;n.si jussus est, necessitati,
if he accused of his own free will, I ascribe it to his filial love, Cic. Cael. 1, 2:utrum statuas voluerint tibi statuere, an coacti sint,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 65, § 157:de risu quinque sunt quae quaerantur... sitne oratoris risum velle permovere,
on purpose, id. Or. 2, 58, 235:laedere numquam velimus,
Quint. 6, 3, 28.—So, non velle with inf., to do something unwillingly, with reluctance:vivere noluit qui mori non vult,
who dies with reluctance, Sen. Ep. 30, 10.—To be of opinion, think, mean, pretend (rare with inf.; usu. with acc. and inf.; v. B. 8.):o.haec tibi scripsi ut isto ipso in genere in quo aliquid posse vis, te nihil esse cognosceres,
in which you imagine you have some influence, Cic. Fam. 7, 27, 2:in hoc homo luteus etiam callidus ac veterator esse vult, quod ita scribit, etc.,
pretends, means to be, id. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 35: sed idem Aelius Stoicus esse voluit, orator autem nec studuit um quam, nec fuit, id. Brut. 56, 206:Pythago. ras, qui etiam ipse augur esse vellet,
id. Div. 1, 3, 5.—To like, have no objection to, approve of (cf. E. 1. sq.):2.magis eum delectat qui se ait philosophari velle sed paucis: nam omnino haud placere,
that he liked, had no objection to philosophizing, Cic. Rep. 1, 18, 30; v. also II. A.—With pres. inf. understood.a.Supplied from a preceding or subsequent clause.(α).To wish, it is his will, etc. (cf. 1. a. and b. supra):(β).nunc bene vivo et fortunate atque ut volo, i. e. vivere,
as I wish, Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 111: quod diu vivendo multa quae non volt (i. e. videre) videt, Caecil. ap. Cic. Sen. 8, 25:proinde licet quotvis vivendo condere saecla,
Lucr. 3, 1090:nec tantum proficiebam quantum volebam,
Cic. Att. 1, 17, 1:tot autem rationes attulit, ut velle (i. e. persuadere) ceteris, sibi certe persuasisse videatur,
id. Tusc. 1, 21, 49:sed liceret, si velint, in Ubiorum finibus considere,
Caes. B. G. 4, 81:quo praesidio senatus libere quae vellet decernere auderet,
id. B. C. 1, 2.—Of things:neque chorda sonum reddit quem vult manus et mens,
Hor. A. P. 348.—To choose, be pleased (freq.):(γ).tum mihi faciat quod volt magnus Juppiter,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 50:id repetundi copia est, quando velis,
id. Trin. 5, 2, 7:habuit aurum quamdiu voluit,
Cic. Cael. 13, 31:rapiebat et asportabat quantum a quoque volebat Apronius,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 29:provincias quas vellet, quibus vellet, venderet?
id. Sest. 39, 84:quotiens ille tibi potestatem facturus sit ut eligas utrum velis,
id. Div. in Caecil. 14, 45:daret utrum vellet subclamatum est,
Liv. 21, 18, 14:senatus consultum factum est ut plebes praeficeret quaestioni quem vellet,
id. 4, 51, 2:saxi materiaeque caedendae unde quisque vellet jus factum,
id. 5, 55, 3; cf. id. 2, 13, 9; 5, 46, 10; 6, 25, 5; 22, 10, 23; 23, 6, 2; 23, 15, 15; 23, 45, 10; 23, 47, 2;26, 21, 11: vicem suam conquestus, quod sibi soli non liceret amicis, quatenus vellet, irasci,
Suet. Aug. 66:at tu quantum vis tolle,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 16.—To intend, it is my purpose, etc. (v. 1. c. supra):(δ).sine me pervenire quo volo,
let me come to my point, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 44:scripsi igitur Aristotelio more, quemadmodum quidem volui, tres libros... de Oratore,
as I intended, Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 23:ut meliore condicione quam qua ipse vult imitetur homines eos qui, etc.,
id. Div. in Caecil. 8, 25:ego istos posse vincere scio, velle ne scirem ipsi fecerunt,
Liv. 2, 45, 12. —To be willing, to consent, I will (v. 1. h. and l. supra): tu eum orato... St. Sane volo, yes, I will, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 57:(ε).jube me vinciri. Volo, dum istic itidem vinciatur,
id. Capt. 3, 4, 75:patri dic velle (i. e. uxorem ducere),
that you consent, are willing, Ter. And. 2, 3, 20 (cf.: si vis, II. A. 2, and sis, supra init.).—To do something voluntarily (v. 1. m. supra):b.tu selige tantum, Me quoque velle velis, anne coactus amem,
Ov. Am. 3, 11, 50.—With ellipsis of inf.(α).Volo, with a designation of place, = ire volo:(β).nos in Formiano morabamur, quo citius audiremus: deinde Arpinum volebamus,
I intended to go to Arpinum, Cic. Att. 9, 1, 3:volo mensi Quinctili in Graeciam,
id. ib. 14, 7, 2:hactenus Vitellius voluerat (i. e. procedere),
Tac. A. 12, 42 fin. —With other omissions, supplied from context: volo Dolabellae valde desideranti, non reperio quid (i. e. to dedicate some writing to him), Cic. Att. 13, 13, 2.—(γ).In mal. part., Plaut. Aul. 2, 4, 7; Ov. Am. 2, 4, 16; 2. 19, 2; Prop. 1, 13, 36.—3.With perfect infinitive active (rare).a.In negative imperative sentences dependent on ne velis, ne velit (in oblique discourse also ne vellet), where ne velis has the force of noli. The perfect infinitive emphatically represents the action as completed (ante-class. and poet.).(α).In ancient ordinances of the Senate and of the higher officers (not in laws proper): NEIQVIS EORVM BACANAL HABVISE VELET... BACAS VIR NEQVIS ADIESE VELET CEIVIS ROMANVS... NEVE PECVNIAM QVISQVAM EORVM COMOINEM HABVISE VELET... NEVE... QVIQVAM FECISE VELET. NEVE INTER SED CONIOVRASE, NEVE COMVOVISE NEVE CONSPONDISE, etc., S. C. de Bacch. 4-13 ap. Wordsworth, Fragm. and Spec. p. 172.—So, in quoting such ordinances: per totam Italiam edicta mitti ne quis qui Bacchis initiatus esset, coisse aut convenisse causa sacrorum velit. [p. 2006] neu quid talis rei divinae fecisse, Liv. 39, 14, 8:(β).edixerunt ne quis quid fugae causa vendidisse neve emisse vellet,
id. 39, 17, 3. —In imitation of official edicts: (vilicus) ne quid emisse velit insciente domino, neu quid domino celasse velit, the overseer must not buy any thing, etc., Cato, R. R. 5, 4:b.interdico, ne extulisse extra aedis puerum usquam velis,
Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 48:oscula praecipue nulla dedisse velis (= noli dare),
Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38:ne quis humasse velit Ajacem, Atride, vetas? Cur?
Hor. S. 2, 3, 187.—In affirmative sentences, implying command (in any mood or tense; mostly poet.): neminem nota strenui aut ignavi militis notasse volui, I have decided to mark no one, etc., Liv. 24, 16, 11: quia pepercisse vobis volunt, committere vos cur pereatis non patiuntur, because they have decided to spare you, etc., id. 32, 21, 33:c.sunt delicta tamen quibus ignovisse velimus (= volumus),
which should be pardoned, Hor. A. P. 347.—To represent the will as referring to a completed action.(α).In optative sentences with vellem or velim, v. II. B. 5. b. a, and II. C. 1. b.—(β).In other sentences ( poet. and post-class.): ex omnibus praediis ex quibus non hac mente recedimus ut omisisse possessionem velimus, with the will to abandon (omittere would denote the purpose to give up at some future time), Dig. 43, 16, 1, § 25; so,B.an erit qui velle recuset Os populi meruisse?
Pers. 1, 41:qui me volet incurvasse querela,
id. 1, 91.With acc. and inf.1.To wish (v. A. 1. a.).a.With a different subject: hoc volo scire te: Perditus sum miser, I wish you to know, etc., Plaut. Curc. 1, 2, 46:b.deos volo consilia vostra vobis recte vortere,
id. Trin. 5, 2, 31:emere oportet quem tibi oboedire velis,
id. Pers. 2, 4, 2:scin' quid nunc te facere volo?
Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 85:si perpetuam vis esse adfinitatem hanc,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 10:consul ille egit eas res quarum me participem esse voluit,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 17, 41:vim volumus exstingui: jus valeat necesse est,
id. Sest. 42, 92:nec mihi hunc errorem extorqueri volo,
id. Sen. 23, 85:hoc te scire volui,
id. Att. 7, 18, 4:harum causarum fuit justissima quod Germanos suis quoque rebus timere voluit,
Caes. B. G. 4, 16:ut equites qui salvam esse rempublicam vellent ex equis desilirent,
Liv. 4, 38, 2:si me vivere vis recteque videre valentem,
Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 3:si vis me flere, dolendum est Primum ipsi tibi,
id. A. P. 102.—With pass. inf. impers.:regnari tamen omnes volebant,
that there should be a king, Liv. 1, 17, 3:mihi volo ignosci,
I wish to be pardoned, Cic. Or. 1, 28, 130:volt sibi quisque credi,
Liv. 22, 22, 14. —With the same subject.(α).With inf. act.:(β).quae mihi est spes qua me vivere velim,
what hope have I, that I should wish to live? Plaut. Rud. 1, 3, 33:volo me placere Philolachi,
id. Most. 1, 3, 11; cf. id. Trin. 2, 2, 47; id. Rud. 2, 6, 1:judicem esse me, non doctorem volo,
Cic. Or. 33, 117:vult, credo, se esse carum suis,
id. Sen. 20, 73; so id. Off. 1, 31, 113; id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; 2, 23, 95. —With inf. pass.:2.quod certiorem te vis fieri quo quisque in me animo sit,
Cic. Att. 11, 13, 1; cf. id. Fam. 1, 9, 18:qui se ex his minus timidos existimari volebant,
Caes. B. G. 1, 39; cf. id. B. C. 2, 29:religionis se causa... Bacchis initiari velle,
Liv. 39, 10, 2:Agrippae se nepotem neque credi neque dici volebat,
Suet. Calig. 22 fin. —Of the will of superiors, gods, etc. (cf. A. 1. b. supra), I want, it is my will:3.me absente neminem volo intromitti,
Plaut. Aul. 1, 3, 21:viros nostros quibus tu voluisti esse nos matres familias,
id. Stich. 1, 2, 41; id. Most. 1, 4, 2; id. Rud. 4, 5, 9; id. Trin. 1, 2, 1:pater illum alterum (filium) secum omni tempore volebat esse,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 42:(deus) quinque reliquis motibus orbem esse voluit expertem,
id. Univ. 10; cf. id. Sest. 69, 147; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 57; 1, 5, 14:causa mittendi fuit quod iter per Alpes... patefieri volebat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 1; cf. id. ib. 5, 9; id. B. C. 1, 4:quippe (senatus) foedum hominem a republica procul esse volebat,
Sall. C. 19, 2:nec (di) patefieri (crimina) ut impunita essent, sed ut vindicarentur voluerunt,
Liv. 39, 16, 11; cf. id. 1, 56, 3; 2, 28, 5; 25, 32, 6:senatus... Romano sanguini pudicitiam tutam esse voluit,
Val. Max. 6, 1, 9; cf. id. 6, 9, 2.—So in the historians: quid fieri vellet (velit), after a verbum imperandi or declarandi, he gave his orders, explained his will:quid fieri velit praecipit,
Caes. B. G. 5, 56:ibi quid fieri vellet imperabat,
id. ib. 7, 16:quid fieri vellet ostendit,
id. ib. 7, 27:quae fieri vellet edocuit,
id. B. C. 3, 108; cf. id. B. G. 7, 45; id. B. C. 3, 78; 3, 89:quid fieri vellet edixit,
Curt. 8, 10, 30; 4, 13, 24; Val. Max. 7, 4, 2.— Frequently majores voluerunt, it was the will of our ancestors, referring to ancient customs and institutions:sacra Cereris summa majores nostri religione confici caerimoniaque voluerunt,
Cic. Balb. 24, 55: majores vestri ne vos quidem temere coire voluerunt, cf. id. ib. 17, 39; 23, 54; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Fl. 7, 15; id. Imp. Pomp. 13, 39; id. Div. 1, 45, 103; id. Font. 24, 30 (10, 20); id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70.—Of testamentary dispositions: cum Titius, heres meus, mortuus erit, volo hereditatem meam ad P. Mevium pertinere, Gai Inst. 2, 277. Except in the institution of the first heir: at illa (institutio) non est comprobata: Titum heredem esse volo, Gai Inst. 2, 117. —Of the intention of a writer, etc., to want, to mean, intend:4.Asinariam volt esse (nomen fabulae) si per vos licet,
Plaut. As. prol. 12:Plautus hanc mihi gnatam esse voluit Inopiam,
has wanted Poverty to be my daughter, made her my daughter, id. Trin. prol. 9:primumdum huic esse nomen Diphilus Cyrenas voluit,
id. Rud. prol. 33:quae ipsi qui scripserunt voluerunt vulgo intellegi,
meant to be understood by all, Cic. Or. 2, 14, 60:si non hoc intellegi volumus,
id. Fat. 18, 41:quale intellegi vult Cicero cum dicit orationem suam coepisse canescere,
Quint. 11, 1, 31; so id. 9, 4, 82; 9, 3, 9:quamquam illi (Prometheo) quoque ferreum anulum dedit antiquitas vinculumque id, non gestamen, intellegi voluit,
Plin. 33, 1, 4, § 8.—To resolve:5.Siculi... me defensorem calamitatum suarum... esse voluerunt,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 4, 11:si a me causam hanc vos (judices) agi volueritis,
if you resolve, id. ib. 8, 25:senatus te voluit mihi nummos, me tibi frumentum dare,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:qua (statua) abjecta, basim tamen in foro manere voluerunt,
id. ib. 2, 2, 66, §160: liberam debere esse Galliam quam (senatus) suis legibus uti voluisset,
Caes. B. G. 1, 45:tu Macedonas tibi voluisti genua ponere, venerarique te ut deum,
Curt. 8 (7), 13.— Hence,To order, command: erus meus tibi me salutem multam voluit dicere, has ordered me, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 2, 25:6.montem quem a Labieno occupari voluerit,
which he had ordered to be occupied, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:ibi futuros esse Helvetios ubi eos Caesar... esse voluisset,
id. ib. 1, 13 (for velitis jubeatis with inf.-clause, v. II. B. 5. d.).—To consent, allow (cf. A. 1. I.):7.obtinuere ut (tribuni) tribuniciae potestatis vires salubres vellent reipublicae esse,
they prevailed upon them to permit the tribunitian power to be wholesome to the republic, Liv. 2, 44, 5:Hiero tutores... puero reliquit quos precatus est moriens ut juvenum suis potissimum vestigiis insistere vellent,
id. 24, 4, 5:petere ut eum... publicae etiam curae ac velut tutelae vellent esse (i. e. senatus),
id. 42, 19, 5:orare tribunos ut uno animo cum consulibus bellum ab urbe ac moenibus propulsari vellent,
id. 3, 69, 5:quam superesse causam Romanis cur non... incolumis Syracusas esse velint?
id. 25, 28, 8:si alter ex heredibus voluerit rem a legatario possideri, alter non, ei qui noluit interdictum competet,
Dig. 43, 3, 1, § 15.—So negatively = not to let, not to suffer:cum P. Attio agebant ne sua pertinacia omnium fortunas perturbari vellet,
Caes. B. C. 2, 36.—To be of opinion that something should be, to require, demand:8.voluisti enim in suo genere unumquemque... esse Roscium,
Cic. Or. 1, 61, 258: eos exercitus quos contra se multos jam annos aluerint velle dimitti, he demanded the disbanding of, etc., Caes. B. C. 1, 85:(Cicero) vult esse auctoritatem in verbis,
Quint. 8, 3, 43:vult esse Celsus aliquam et superiorem compositionem,
id. 9, 4, 137:si tantum irasci vis sapientem quantum scelerum indignitas exigit,
Sen. Ira, 2, 9, 4. —To be of opinion that something is or was, = censere, dicere, but implying that the opinion is erroneous or doubtful, usu. in the third pers., sometimes in the second.(α).To imagine, consider:(β).est genus hominum qui esse se primos omnium rerum volunt, Nec sunt,
Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:semper auget adsentator id quod is cujus ad voluntatem dicitur vult esse magnum,
Cic. Lael. 26, 98:si quis patricius, si quis—quod illi volunt invidiosius esse—Claudius diceret,
Liv. 6, 40, 13.—To be of opinion, to hold:(γ).vultis, opinor, nihil esse... in natura praeter ignem,
Cic. N. D. 3, 14, 36:volunt illi omnes... eadem condicione nasci,
id. Div. 2, 44, 93:vultis evenire omnia fato,
id. ib. 2, 9, 24:alteri censent, etc., alteri volunt a rebus fatum omne relegari,
id. Fat. 19, 45:vultis a dis immortalibus hominibus dispertiri somnia,
id. N. D. 3, 39, 93; id. Tusc. 1, 10, 20; id. Fin. 3, 11, 36; id. Rep. 2, 26, 48:volunt quidam... iram in pectore moveri effervescente circa cor sanguine,
Sen. Ira, 2, 19, 3.—To say, assert:(δ).si tam familiaris erat Clodiae quam tu esse vis,
as you say he is, Cic. Cael. 21, 53:sit sane tanta quanta tu illam esse vis,
id. Or. 1, 55, 23:ad pastum et ad procreandi voluptatem hoc divinum animal procreatum esse voluerunt: quo nihil mihi videtur esse absurdius,
id. Fin. 2, 13, 40; 2, 17, 55; 2, 42, 131; 2, 46, 142; id. Fat. 18, 41.—With perf. inf.:Rhodi ego non fui: me vult fuisse,
Cic. Planc. 34, 84.—To pretend, with perf. inf., both subjects denoting the same person:(ε).unde homines dum se falso terrore coacti Effugisse volunt, etc.,
Lucr. 3, 69 (cf. A. 1. n. supra).—To mean, with perf. inf.:(ζ).utrum scientem vultis contra foedera fecisse, an inscientem?
Cic. Balb. 5, 13.— With pres. inf.:quam primum istud, quod esse vis?
what do you mean by as soon as possible? Sen. Ep. 117, 24.—Rarely in the first pers., implying that the opinion is open to discussion:9.ut et mihi, quae ego vellem non esse oratoris, concederes,
what according to my opinion is not the orator's province, Cic. Or. 1, 17, 74.—In partic.a.With things as subjects.(α).Things personified:(β).ne res publica quidem haec pro se suscipi volet,
would have such things done for it, Cic. Off. 1, 45, 159:cui tacere grave sit, quod homini facillimum voluerit esse natura,
which nature willed should be easiest for man, Curt. 4, 6, 6: fortuna Q. Metellum... nasci in urbe terrarum principe voluit, fate ordained that, etc., Val. Max. 7, 1, 1: nihil rerum ipsa natura voluit magnum effici cito, it is the law of nature that, etc., Quint. 10, 3, 4:quid non ingenio voluit natura licere?
what license did nature refuse to genius? Mart. 8, 68, 9:me sine, quem semper voluit fortuna jacere,
Prop. 1, 6, 25:hanc me militiam fata subire volunt,
id. 1, 6, 30.—Of laws, to provide:b.duodecim tabulae nocturnum furem... interfici impune voluerunt,
Cic. Mil. 3, 9:lex duodecim tabularum tignum aedibus junctum... solvi prohibuit, pretiumque ejus dari voluit,
Dig. 46, 3, 98, § 8 fin. (cf. Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21, b. a, infra).—With perf. pass. inf., to represent a state or result wished for.(α).The inf. being in full, with esse expressed: si umquam quemquam di immortales voluere esse auxilio adjutum, tum me et Calidorum servatum volunt, if it ever was the will of the gods that any one should be assisted, etc., Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 1: Corinthum patres vestri, totius Graeciae lumen, exstinctum esse voluerunt, it was their will that Corinth should be ( and remain) destroyed, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 11:(β).nostri... leges et jura tecta esse voluerunt,
id. Or. 1, 59, 253:propter eam partem epistulae tuae per quam te et mores tuos purgatos et probatos esse voluisti,
id. Att. 1, 17, 7; id. Fin. 4, 27, 76; id. de Or. 1, 51, 221:daturum se operam ne cujus suorum popularium mutatam secum fortunam esse vellent,
Liv. 21, 45, 6: for velle redundant in this construction, v. II. A. 2. 3. infra.—With pass. inf. impers.:sociis maxime lex consultum esse vult,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21.—With ellips. of esse (cf. Quint. 9, 3, 9): perdis me tuis dictis. Cu. Imo, servo et servatum volo, and mean that you should remain saved, Plaut. Curc. 2, 3, 56:c.aunt qui volum te conventam,
who want to see you, id. Cist. 4, 2, 39:eidem homini, si quid recte cura tum velis, mandes,
if you want to have anything done well, id. As. 1, 1, 106:sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,
id. Capt. prol. 53: id nunc res indicium haeo [p. 2007] facit, quo pacto factum volueris, this shows now why you wished this to be done, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 31 (cf. Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33; id. Aul. 3, 5, 30, II. B. 1, b, and II. B. 3. b. infra): domestica cura te levatum volo, I wish to see you relieved, etc., Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 9, 3:nulla sedes quo concurrant qui rem publicam defensam velint,
id. Att. 8, 3, 4:rex celatum voluerat (i. e. donum),
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64:Hannibal non Capuam neglectam, neque desertos volebat socios,
Liv. 25, 20, 5; 2, 15, 2; 2, 44, 3; 3, 21, 4; 22, 7, 4;26, 31, 6: contemptum hominis quem destructum volebat,
Quint. 8, 3, 21:si te non emptam vellet, emendus erat,
Ov. Am. 1, 8, 34 (so with velle redundant, v. II. A. 1. d., and II. A. 3. infra).—Both subjects denoting the same person:velle Pompeium se Caesari purgatum,
Caes. B. C. 1, 8.— Esp., with pass. inf. impers.: alicui consultum velle, to take care for or advocate somebody's interests:liberis consultum volumus propter ipsos,
Cic. Fin. 3, 17, 57:obliviscere illum aliquando adversario tuo voluisse consultum,
id. Att. 16, 16 C, 10:quibus tribuni plebis nunc consultum repente volunt,
Liv. 5, 5, 3; so id. 25, 25, 17:quamquam senatus subventum voluit heredibus,
Dig. 36, 1, 1, § 4; so with dep. part., used passively:volo amori ejus obsecutum,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 63.—With predic. adj., without copula.(α).The subjects being different (mostly aliquem salvum velle):(β).si me vivum vis, pater, Ignosce,
if you wish me to live, Ter. Heaut. 5, 5, 7:ille, si me alienus adfinem volet, Tacebit,
id. Phorm. 4, 1, 16:ut tu illam salvam magis velis quam ego,
id. Hec. 2, 2, 17; 3, 5, 14:quoniam ex tota provincia soli sunt qui te salvum velint,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 67, § 150:irent secum extemplo qui rempublicam salvam vellent,
Liv. 22, 53, 7.—Both subjects denoting the same person (virtually = object infinitive):d.in occulto jacebis quom te maxime clarum voles (= clarus esse voles),
when you will most wish to be famous, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 38:volo me patris mei similem,
I wish to be like my father, id. As. 1, 1, 54: ut iste qui se vult dicacem et mehercule est, Appius, who means to be witty, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 60, 246:qui vero se populares volunt,
who mean to be popular, id. Off. 2, 22, 78:ut integrum se salvumque velit,
id. Fin. 2, 11, 33:ut (omne animal) se et salvum in suo genere incolumeque vellet,
id. ib. 4, 8, 19. —With an inf.-clause understood.(α).Velle, to wish: utinam hinc abierit in malam crucem! Ad. Ita nos velle aequom est (ita = eum abire, etc.), Plaut. Poen. 4, 1, 5:(β).stulta es, soror, magis quam volo (i.e. te esse),
id. Pers. 4, 4, 78; id. Trin. 1, 2, 8; 2, 4, 175; id. Stich. 1, 1, 13; id. Ps. 1, 5, 55:senatum non quod sentiret, sed quod ego vellem decernere,
Cic. Mil. 5, 12:neque enim facile est ut irascatur cui tu velis judex (= cui tu eum irasci velis),
id. Or. 2, 45, 190; cf. id. Sest. 38, 82.—Referring to the will of superiors, etc.:(γ).deos credo voluisse, nam ni vellent, non fieret,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 46: jamne abeo? St. Volo (sc. te abire), so I will, id. Cas. 2, 8, 57; cf. id. Mil. 4, 6, 12; id. Merc. 2, 3, 33.—To mean, intend (v. B. 3.):(δ).acutum etiam illud est cum ex alterius oratione aliud atque ille vult (sc. te excipere),
Cic. Or. 2, 67, 273.—To require, demand (v B. 7.):(ε).veremur quidem vos, Romani, et, si ita vultis, etiam timemus,
Liv. 39, 37, 17;and of things as subjects: cadentque vocabula, si volet usus (i. e. ea cadere),
Hor. A. P. 71.—To be of opinion, will have (v. B. 8.):(ζ).ergo ego, inimicus, si ita vultis, homini, amicus esse rei publicae debeo,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 8, 19:nam illi regi tolerabili, aut, si voltis, etiam amabili, Cyro,
id. Rep. 1, 28, 44; id. Fin. 2, 27, 89; 3, 4, 12; id. Cael. 21, 53; Liv. 21, 10, 7; Quint. 2, 17, 41.—With ellips. of predic. inf. (v. A. 2. b.): cras de reliquiis nos volo (i. e. cenare), it is my intention that we dine, etc., Plaut. Stich. 3, 2, 40:C.volo Varronem (i. e. hos libros habere),
Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3.With ut, ne, or ut ne.1.With ut.a.To wish:b.volo ut quod jubebo facias,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 8, 65:quia enim id maxime volo ut illi istac confugiant,
id. Most. 5, 1, 49:ut mihi aedes aliquas conducat volo,
id. Merc. 3, 2, 17: hoc prius volo meam rem agere. Th. Quid id est? Ph. Ut mihi hanc despondeas, id. Curc. 5, 2, 71: quid vis, nisi ut maneat Phanium? Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 8:velim ut tibi amicus sit,
Cic. Att. 10, 16, 1:quare id quoque velim... ut sit qui utamur,
id. ib. 11, 11, 2:maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla... modestiae fructum aliquem percipere potuisset,
id. Sull. 1, 1:equidem vellem uti pedes haberent (res tuae),
id. Fam. 7, 33, 2:his ut sit digna puella volo,
Mart. 11, 27, 14.—Both subjects denoting the same person: volueram, inquit, ut quam plurimum tecum essem, Brut. ap. Cic. Att. 13, 38, 1.—It is the will of, to want, ordain (v. B. 2.):c.at ego deos credo voluisse ut apud te me in nervo enicem,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 17: numquid me vis? Le. Ut valeas, id. Cist. 1, 1, 120: numquid vis? Ps. Dormitum ut abeas, id. Ps. 2, 2, 70:volo ut mihi respondeas,
Cic. Vatin. 6, 14; 7, 17; 7, 18; 9, 21;12, 29: nuntia Romanis, caelestes ita velle ut mea Roma caput orbis terrarum sit,
Liv. 1, 16, 7.—To intend, it is the purpose, aim, etc., the two subjects being the same:d.id quaerunt, volunt haec ut infecta faciant,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 9.—With other verbs:2.quod peto et volo parentes meos ut commonstres mihi,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 4:quasi vero aut populus Romanus hoc voluerit, aut senatus tibi hoc mandaverit ut... privares,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48;with opto,
id. Imp. Pomp. 16, 48;with laboro,
Liv. 42, 14, 3;with aequum censere,
id. 39, 19, 7.—With ne:3.at ne videas velim,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23:quid nunc vis? ut opperiare hos sex dies saltem modo, ne illam vendas, neu me perdas, etc.,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 102:credibile est hoc voluisse legumlatorem, ne auxilia liberorum innocentibus deessent,
intended, Quint. 7, 1, 56.—With ut ne: quid nunc tibi vis? Mi. Ut quae te cupit, eam ne spernas, Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60.D.With subjunct. of dependent verb (mostly ante-class.; class. and freq. with velim and vellem; but in Cic. mostly epistolary and colloquial).1.To wish:2.ergo animum advortas volo,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 23; 2, 3, 28; 2, 3, 70:volo amet me patrem,
id. As. 1, 1, 63 dub.:hoc volo agatis,
id. Cist. 1, 1, 83:ducas volo hodie uxorem,
Ter. And. 2, 3, 14:quid vis faciam?
Plaut. Merc. 1, 2, 49; Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 24; Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 64; 2, 3, 65; 2, 6, 65; 3, 3, 3; id. Ps. 4, 1, 17; 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 2, 3, 56; id. Capt. 1, 2, 12; id. Poen. 3, 2, 16; id. Pers. 2, 4, 23; id. Rud. 5, 2, 45; 5, 3, 58; id. Stich. 5, 2, 21; Ter. Heaut. 4, 6, 14:volo etiam exquiras quam diligentissime poteris quid Lentulus agat?
Cic. Att. 8, 12, 6:Othonem vincas volo,
id. ib. 13, 29, 2:eas litteras volo habeas,
id. ib. 13, 32, 3:visne igitur videamus quidnam sit, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 10, 15: visne igitur descendatur ad Lirim? id. Fragm. ap. Macr. S. 6, 4:volo, inquis, sciat,
Sen. Ben. 2, 10, 2.—To be of opinion that something should be, demand, require (v. B. 7.): volo enim se efferat in adulescentia fecunditas, I like to see, etc., Cic. Or. 2, 21, 88:3.volo hoc oratori contingat ut, etc.,
id. Brut. 84, 290.—With subj.-clause understood:E.abi atque obsona, propera! sed lepide volo (i. e. obsones),
Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 55.With object nouns, etc.1.With acc. of a thing.a.With a noun, to want, wish for, like to have:b.voltisne olivas, aut pulmentum, aut capparim?
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 90:animo male est: aquam velim,
id. Am. 5, 1, 6:quia videt me suam amicitiam velle,
id. Aul. 2, 3, 68; so,gratiam tuam,
id. Curc. 2, 3, 52; 2, 3, 56:aquam,
id. ib. 2, 3, 34:discidium,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 14: nullam ego rem umquam in vita mea Volui quin tu in ea re mihi advorsatrix fueris, I never had any wish in my life, etc., id. Heaut. 5, 3, 5: (dixit) velle Hispaniam, he wanted Spain, i. e. as a province, Cic. Att. 12, 7, 1:mihi frumento non opus est: nummos volo,
I want the money, id. Verr. 2, 3, 85, § 196:non poterat scilicet negare se velle pacem,
id. Att. 15, 1 a, 3; cf. id. ib. 13, 32, 2 (v. II. C. 4. infra):si amplius obsidum (= plures obsides) vellet, dare pollicentur,
Caes. B. G. 6, 9 fin.:pacem etiam qui vincere possunt, volunt,
Liv. 7, 40, 18:ferunt (eum)... honestum finem voluisse,
Tac. A. 6, 26:cum Scipio veram vellet et sine exceptione victoriam,
Flor. 1, 33 (2, 18), 12:mensae munera si voles secundae, Marcentes tibi porrigentur uvae,
Mart. 5, 78, 11.—Neutr. adjj., denoting things, substantively used: utrum vis opta, dum licet. La. Neutrum volo, Plaut. Ps. 3, 6, 16:c.quorum isti neutrum volunt,
acknowledge neither, Cic. Fat. 12, 28:voluimus quaedam, contendimus... Obtenta non sunt,
we aspired to certain things, id. Balb. 27, 61:restat ut omnes unum velint,
hold one opinion, id. Marcell. 10, 32:si plura velim,
if I wished for more, Hor. C. 3, 16, 38:per quod probemus aliud legislatorem voluisse,
that the law-giver intended something different, Quint. 7, 6, 8:ut putent, aliud quosdam dicere, aliud velle,
that they say one thing and mean another, id. 9, 2, 85:utrum is qui scripsit... voluerit,
which of the two was meant by the author, id. 7, 9, 15:ut nemo contra id quod vult dicit, ita potest melius aliquid velle quam dicit,
mean better than he speaks, id. 9, 2, 89:quis enim pudor omnia velle?
to desire every thing, Mart. 12, 94, 11.—With neutr. demonstr. expressed or understood, to want, intend, aim at, like, will:d.immo faenus: id primum volo,
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 64:proximum quod sit bono... id volo,
id. Capt. 2, 2, 22:nisi ea quae tu vis volo,
unless my purpose is the same as yours, id. Ep. 2, 2, 82:siquidem id sapere'st, velle te id quod non potest contingere,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 83:hoc (i. e. otium cum dignitate) qui volunt omnes optimates putantur,
who aim at this, Cic. Sest. 45, 98:privatum oportet in re publica ea velle quae tranquilla et honesta sint,
id. Off. 1, 34, 124:quid est sapientia? Semper idem velle atque idem nolle,
Sen. Ep. 20, 5:pudebit eadem velle quae volueras puer,
id. ib. 27, 2:nec volo quod cruciat, nec volo quod satiat,
Mart. 1, 57, 4.—With demonstr. in place of inf.-clause:hoc Ithacus velit, et magno mercentur Atridae (sc. poenas in me sumi),
Verg. A. 2, 104:hoc velit Eurystheus, velit hoc germana Tonantis (sc. verum esse, Herculem, etc.),
Ov. H. 9, 7; Hor. S. 2, 3, 88.—With neutr. of interrog. pron.: quid nunc vis? Am. Sceleste, at etiam quid velim, id tu me rogas? what do you want now? Plaut. Am. 4, 2, 5:e.eloquere quid velis,
id. Cas. 2, 4, 2: heus tu! Si. Quid vis? id. Ps. 4, 7, 21; so Ter. Eun. 2, 1, 11; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 152:sed plane quid velit nescio,
what his intentions are, Cic. Att. 15, 1 a, 5; id. de Or. 2, 20, 84:mittunt etiam ad dominos qui quaerant quid velint,
to ask for their orders, id. Tusc. 2, 17, 41:quid? Si haec... ipsius amici judicarunt? Quid amplius vultis?
what more do you require, will you have? id. Verr. 2, 3, 65, § 152:quid amplius vis?
Hor. Epod. 17, 30:spectatur quid voluerit scriptor,
we find out the author's intention, Quint. 7, 10, 1.—Sometimes quid vult = quid sibi vult (v. 4. b.), to mean, signify:capram illam suspicor jam invenisse... quid voluerit,
what it signified, Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 30:sed tamen intellego quid velit,
Cic. Fin. 2, 31, 101:quid autem volunt ea di immortales significantes quae sine interpretibus non possimus intellegere? etc.,
id. Div. 2, 25, 54.—Of things as subjects:hunc ensem mittit tibi... Et jubet ex merito scire quid iste velit,
Ov. H. 11, 96.—With rel. pron.:f.quod volui, ut volui, impetravi... a Philocomasio,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 5, 1:ut quod frons velit oculi sciant,
that the eyes know what the forehead wants, id. Aul. 4, 1, 13:illi quae volo concedere,
to yield to him my wishes, id. Cas. 2, 3, 49:si illud quod volumus dicitur,
what we like, id. Truc. 1, 2, 95:multa eveniunt homini quae volt, quae nevolt,
id. Trin. 2, 2, 84; id. Ep. 2, 2, 4:quamquam (litterae tuae) semper aliquid adferunt quod velim,
Cic. Att. 11, 11, 1:quae vellem quaeque sentirem dicendi,
id. Marcell. 1, 1:uti ea quae vellent impetrarent,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31:satis animi ad id quod tam diu vellent,
to carry out what they had desired so long, Liv. 4, 54, 5:sed quod volebant non... expediebant,
their purpose, id. 24, 23, 9. —Idiomatically: quod volo = quod demonstrare volo, what I intend to prove:illud quod volumus expressum est, ut vaticinari furor vera soleat,
Cic. Div. 1, 31, 67:bis sumpsit quod voluit,
he has twice begged the question, id. ib. 2, 52, 107.—With indef. relations:cornucopia ubi inest quidquid volo,
whatever I wish for, Plaut. Ps. 2, 3, 5:Caesar de Bruto solitus est dicere: magni refert hic quid velit, sed quidquid volt, valde volt,
whatever he wills he wills strongly, Cic. Att. 14, 1, 2.—With indef. pronn.(α).Si quid vis, if you want any thing: illo praesente mecum agito si quid voles, [p. 2008] Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 72: Py. Adeat si quid volt. Pa. Si quid vis, adi, mulier, id. Mil. 4, 2, 47:(β).eumque Alexander cum rogaret, si quid vellet, ut diceret,
id. Or. 2, 66, 266; Caes. B. G. 1, 7 fin. —Nisi quid vis, unless you wish to give some order, to make some remark, etc.:(γ).ego eo ad forum nisi quid vis,
Plaut. As. 1, 1, 94:nunc de ratione videamus, nisi quid vis ad haec,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 18, 42.—Numquid vis or ecquid vis? have you any orders to give? a formula used by inferiors before leaving their superiors; cf. Don. ad Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 39:2.visunt, quid agam, ecquid velim,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 113:numquid vis aliud?
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 111; 1, 2, 106; id. Ad. 2, 2, 39; 3, 3, 78; id. Hec. 2, 2, 30:numquid vellem rogavit,
Cic. Att. 6, 3, 6:frequentia rogantium num quid vellet,
Liv. 6, 34, 7:rogavit num quid in Sardiniam vellet. Te puto saepe habere qui num quid Romam velis quaerant,
Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 1.—With acc. of the person: aliquem velle.(α).To want somebody, i. e. in order to see him, to speak with him (ante-class. and colloq.):(β).Demenaetum volebam,
I wanted, wished to see, Demenoetus, Plaut. As. 2, 3, 12:bona femina et malus masculus volunt te,
id. Cist. 4, 2, 40:solus te solum volo,
id. Capt. 3, 4, 70:quia non est intus quem ego volo,
id. Mil. 4, 6, 40:hae oves volunt vos,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 24:quis me volt? Perii, pater est,
Ter. And. 5, 3, 1:centuriones trium cohortium me velle postridie,
Cic. Att. 10, 16, 4.—With paucis verbis or paucis, for a few words ( moments):volo te verbis pauculis,
Plaut. Ep. 3, 4, 28:sed paucis verbis te volo, Palaestrio,
id. Mil. 2, 4, 22:Sosia, Adesdum, paucis te volo,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 2.—To love, like somebody, to be fond of somebody (anteclass. and poet.):(γ).hanc volo (= amo),
Plaut. As. 5, 1, 18:sine me amare unum Argyrippum... quem volo,
id. ib. 3, 2, 38:quom quae te volt, eamdem tu vis,
id. Mil. 4, 2, 80:aut quae (vitia) corpori' sunt ejus siquam petis ac vis,
Lucr. 4, 1152:quam volui nota fit arte mea,
Ov. Am. 1, 10, 60: nolo virum, facili redimit qui sanguine famam: hunc volo, laudari qui sine morte potest, I like the one who, etc., Mart. 1, 8, 6.—To wish to have:3.roga, velitne an non uxorem,
whether he wishes to have his wife or not, Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 43:ut sapiens velit gerere rem publicam, atque... uxorem adjungere, et velle ex ea liberos (anacoluth.),
Cic. Fin. 3, 20, 68.—With two accusatives: (narrato) illam te amare et velle uxorem,
that you wish to have her as your wife, Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 25; cf. id. Phorm. 1, 2, 65.—With two accusatives, of the person and the thing: aliquem aliquid velle, to want something of somebody (cf.: aliquem aliquid rogare; mostly ante-class.;4.not in Cic.): numquid me vis?
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 120:face certiorem me quid meus vir me velit,
id. Cas. 2, 6, 1:num quidpiam me vis aliud?
id. Truc. 2, 4, 81:nunc verba in pauca conferam quid te velim,
id. As. 1, 1, 74:narrabit ultro quid sese velis,
id. Ps. 2, 4, 60:quid me voluisti?
id. Mil. 4, 2, 35:numquid aliud me vis?
Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 101:quin tu uno verbo dic quid est quod me velis,
id. And. 1, 1, 18; Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 85; id. Cist. 2, 3, 49; id. As. 2, 3, 12; id. Merc. 5, 2, 27; id. Pers. 4, 6, 11; Ter. Heaut. 4, 8, 31; id. Phorm. 2, 4, 18; id. Eun. 2, 3, 47; id. Hec. 3, 4, 15:si quid ille se velit, illum ad se venire oportere,
Caes. B. G. 1, 34:cum mirabundus quidnam (Taurea) sese vellet, resedisset Flaccus, Me quoque, inquit, etc.,
Liv. 26, 15, 11; also, I want to speak with somebody (v. 2. a. a):paucis, Euclio, est quod te volo,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 22:est quod te volo secreto,
id. Bacch. 5, 2, 33.—With acc. of thing and dat. of the person: aliquid alicui velle, to wish something to somebody (= cupio aliquid alicui; v. cupio;a.rare): quamquam vobis volo quae voltis, mulieres,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 1:si ex me illa liberos vellet sibi,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 33:praesidium velle se senectuti suae,
id. ib. 1, 2, 44:nihil est mali quod illa non initio filio voluerit, optaverit,
Cic. Clu. 66, 188:rem Romanam huc provectam ut externis quoque gentibus quietem velit,
Tac. A. 12, 11:cui ego omnia meritissimo volo et debeo,
to whom I give and owe my best wishes, Quint. 9, 2, 35.—Esp., in the phrase quid vis (vult) with reflex. dat. of interest, lit. what do you want for yourself?Quid tibi vis = quid vis, the dat. being redundant (rare):b.quid aliud tibi vis?
what else do you want? Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 90.—With quisque:haud ita vitam agerent ut nunc plerumque videmus Quid sibi quisque velit nescire,
be ignorant as to their own aims and purposes, Lucr. 3, 1058.—What do you mean? what do you drive at? what is your scope, object, drift (rare in post-Aug. writers; Don. ad Ter. Eun. prol. 45, declares it an archaism).(α).In 1 st pers. (rare):(β).nunc quid processerim huc, et quid mihi voluerim dicam,
and what I meant thereby, what was the purpose of my coming, Plaut. As. prol. 6:quid mihi volui? quid mihi nunc prodest bona voluntas?
Sen. Ben. 4, 21, 6.—In 2 d pers.:(γ).quid nunc tibi vis, mulier, memora,
what is the drift of your talk? Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 60: sed quid nunc tibi vis? what do you want to come at (i.e. by your preamble)? id. Poen. 1, 1, 24: quid tu tibi vis? Ego non tangam meam? what do you mean? i. e. what is your purpose? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 28:quid tibi vis? quid cum illa rei tibi est?
id. ib. 4, 7, 34:quid est quod sic gestis? quid sibi hic vestitus quaerit? Quid est quod laetus sis? quid tibi vis?
what do you mean by all this? id. ib. 3, 5, 11:quid est, inepta? quid vis tibi? quid rides?
id. ib. 5, 6, 6:quid vis tibi? Quid quaeris?
id. Heaut. 1, 1, 9: Ph. Fabulae! Ch. Quid vis tibi? id. Phorm. 5, 8, 53:roganti ut se in Asiam praefectum duceret, Quid tibi vis, inquit, insane,
Cic. Or. 2, 67, 269; so in 2 d pers. plur.:pro deum fidem, quid vobis vultis?
Liv. 3, 67, 7.—In 3 d pers.:(δ).quid igitur sibi volt pater? cur simulat?
Ter. And. 2, 3, 1:quid hic volt veterator sibi?
id. ib. 2, 6, 26:proinde desinant aliquando me isdem inflare verbis: quid sibi iste vult?... Cur ornat eum a quo desertus est?
Cic. Dom. 11, 29:quid sibi vellet (Caesar)? cur in suas possessiones veniret?
Caes. B. G. 1, 44 med.:conicere in eum oculos, mirantes quid sibi vellet (i. e. by courting the plebeians),
Liv. 3, 35, 5:qui quaererent quid sibi vellent qui armati Aventinum obsedissent,
id. 3, 50, 15:quid sibi voluit providentia quae Aridaeum regno imposuit?
Sen. Ben. 4, 31, 1: volt, non volt dare Galla mihi, nec dicere possum quod volt et non volt, quid sibi Galla velit, Mart: 3, 90, 2.—Transf. of things as subjects, what means, what signifies? quid volt sibi, Syre, haec oratio? Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 2:5.ut pernoscatis quid sibi Eunuchus velit,
id. Eun. prol. 45:quid ergo illae sibi statuae equestres inauratae volunt?
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 150:quid haec sibi horum civium Romanorum dona voluerunt?
id. ib. 2, 3, 80, §186: avaritia senilis quid sibi velit, non intellego,
what is the meaning of the phrase, id. Sen. 18, 66:quid ergo illa sibi vult pars altera orationis qua Romanos a me cultos ait?
Liv. 40, 12, 14:tacitae quid vult sibi noctis imago?
Ov. M. 9, 473.—Bene or male alicui velle, to wish one well or ill, to like or dislike one (ante-class. and poet.): Ph. Bene volt tibi. St. Nequam est illud verbum bene volt, nisi qui bene facit, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 37 sq.:6.jam diu ego huic bene et hic mihi volumus,
id. Ps. 1, 3, 4:ut tibi, dum vivam, bene velim plus quam mihi,
id. Cas. 2, 8, 30:egone illi ut non bene vellem?
id. Truc. 2, 4, 90; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 95; id. Merc. 2, 1, 21; id. Ps. 4, 3, 7; id. Poen. 3, 3, 9:nisi quod tibi bene ex animo volo,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 6:quo tibi male volt maleque faciet,
Plaut. Pers. 5, 2, 44:atque isti etiam parum male volo,
id. Truc. 5, 7; cf. id. As. 5, 1, 13:utinam sic sient qui mihi male volunt,
Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 13:non sibi male vult,
he does not dislike himself, Petr. 38; so, melius or optime alicui velle, to like one better or best:nec est quisquam mihi aeque melius quoi vellem,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 42; id. Merc. 5, 2, 57:illi ego ex omnibus optime volo,
id. Most. 1, 4, 24.—And bene velle = velle: bene volueris in precatione augurali Messalla augur ait, significare volueris, Fest. s. v. bene sponsis, p. 351.—With abl.: alicujus causa velle, to like one for his own sake, i. e. personally, a Ciceronian phrase, probably inst. of omnia alicujus causa velle; lit. to wish every thing (i.e. good) in somebody's behalf.(α).With omnia expressed: etsi mihi videor intellexisse cum tecum de re M. Annaeii locutus sum, te ipsius causa vehementer omnia velle, tamen, etc.... ut non dubitem quin magnus cumulus accedat commenda tionis meae, Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1:(β).repente coepit dicere, se omnia Verris causa velle,
that he had the most friendly disposition towards Verres, id. Verr. 2, 2, 26, § 64:accedit eo quod Varro magnopere ejus causa vult omnia,
id. Fam. 13, 22, 1.—Without omnia:7.per eos qui nostra causa volunt, valentque apud illum,
Cic. Att. 11, 8, 1:sed et Phameae causa volebam,
id. ib. 13, 49, 1:etsi te ipsius Attici causa velle intellexeram,
id. ib. 16, 16, A, 6:valde enim ejus causa volo,
id. Fam. 16, 17, 2 fin.:illud non perficis quo minus tua causa velim,
id. ib. 3, 7, 6;12, 7, 1: si me velle tua causa putas,
id. ib. 7, 17, 2:regis causa si qui sunt qui velint,
id. ib. 1, 1, 1:credo tua causa velle Lentulum,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 4, 5; id. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21; cf. id. Imp. Pomp. (v. C. 1. b. supra), where the phrase has its literal meaning; cf. also: alicujus causa (omnia) cupere; v. cupio.—With acc. and subjunct. per ecthesin (ante-class.): nunc ego illum meum virum veniat velim (by mixture of constructions: meum virum velim; and:F.meus vir veniat velim),
Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 29:nunc ego Simonidem mi obviam veniat velim,
id. Ps. 4, 5, 10:nimis hercle ego illum corvum ad me veniat velim,
id. Aul. 4, 6, 4:saltem aliquem velim qui mihi ex his locis viam monstret,
id. Rud. 1, 3, 35:patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 106; cf. id. Merc. 2, 1, 30 (v. E. 1. d. supra).Velle used absolutely, variously rendered to will, have a will, wish, consent, assent:II.quod vos, malum... me sic ludificamini? Nolo volo, volo nolo rursum,
I nill I will, I will I nill again, Ter. Phorm. 5, 8, 57: novi ingenium mulierum: Nolunt ubi velis, ubi nolis cupiunt ultro, they will not where you will, etc., id. Eun. 4, 7, 43:quis est cui velle non liceat?
who is not free to wish? Cic. Att. 7, 11. 2:in magnis et voluisse sat est,
Prop. 2, 10 (3, 1), 6:tarde velle nolentis est,
slow ness in consenting betrays the desire to refuse, Sen. Ben. 2, 5, 4:quae (animalia) nullam injuriam nobis faciunt, quia velle non possunt, id. Ira, 2, 26, 4: ejus est nolle qui potest velle,
the power to assent implies the power to dissent, Dig. 50, 17, 3.—So velle substantively:sed ego hoc ipsum velle miserius duco quam in crucem tolli,
that very wishing, Cic. Att. 7, 11, 2: inest enim velle in carendo, the word carere implies the notion of a wish, id. Tusc. 1, 36, 88:velle ac posse in aequo positum erat,
his will and power were balanced, Val. Max. 6, 9, ext. 5:velle tuum nolo, Didyme, nolle volo,
Mart. 5, 83, 2:velle suum cuique est,
each has his own likings, Pers. 5, 53.In partic.A.Redundant, when the will to do is identified with the act itself.1.In imperative sentences.a.In independent sentences introduced by noli velle, where noli has lost the idea of volition:b.nolite, judices, hunc velle maturius exstingui vulnere vestro quam suo fato,
do not resolve, Cic. Cael. 32, 79:nolite igitur id velle quod fieri non potest,
id. Phil. 7, 8, 25: qui timor bonis omnibus injectus sit... nolite a me commoneri velle, do not wish, expect, to be reminded by me, etc., id. Mur. 25, 50: nolite hunc illi acerbum nuntium velle perferri, let it not be your decision that, etc., id. Balb. 28, 64: cujus auspicia pro vobis experti nolite adversus vos velle experiri, do not desire, etc., Liv. 7, 40, 16:noli adversum eos me velle ducere, etc.,
Nep. Att. 4, 2.—Ne velis or ne velit fecisse = ne feceris, or ne facito (v. I. A. 3. a. supra).—So ne velis with pres. inf.:c.neve, revertendi liber, abesse velis (= neve abfueris),
Ov. H. 1, 80.—In affirmative imperative sentences (velim esse = esto;d.rare): tu tantum fida sorori Esse velis (= fida esto or sis),
Ov. M. 2, 745; and in 3 d pers.:di procul a cunctis... Hujus notitiam gentis habere velint (= habeant),
id. P. 1, 7, 8:credere modo qui discet velit (= credat qui discet),
Quint. 8, prooem. 12. —In clauses dependent on verbs of commanding and wishing:2.aut quia significant divam praedicere ut armis Ac virtute velint patriam defendere terram (= ut defendant),
Lucr. 2, 641: precor quaesoque ne ante oculos patris facere et pati omnia infanda velis (= facias et patiaris). Liv. 23, 9, 2:monentes ne experiri vellet imperium cujus vis, etc.,
id. 2, 59, 4; 39, 13, 2:et mea... opto Vulnera qui fecit facta levare velit,
Ov. Tr. 5, 2, 18: nos contra (oravimus) [p. 2009]... ne vertere secum Cuncta pater fatoque urguenti incumbere vellet, Verg. A. 2, 653. —With pass. perf. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b):legati Sullam orant ut filii innocentis fortunas conservatas velit (virtually = fortunas conservet),
Cic. Rosc. Am. 9, 25:a te peto ut utilitatem sociorum per te quam maxime defensam et auctam velis (= defendas et augeas),
id. Fam. 13, 9, 3.—So after utinam or ut:utinam illi qui prius eum viderint me apud eum velint adjutum tantum quantum ego vellem si quid possem (= utinam illi me adjuvent quantum ego adjuvarem, etc.),
id. Att. 11, 7, 7:cautius ut saevo velles te credere Marti (= utinam te credidisses),
Verg. A. 11, 153:edictum praemittit ad quam diem magistratus... sibi esse praesto Cordubae vellet (= sibi praesto essent),
Caes. B. C. 1, 19 (cf. also I. B. 9. b. b, and I. B. 2. fin. supra).—In conditional clauses, si facere velim = si faciam, often rendered by the potential or future auxiliaries would or will:3.non tu scis, Bacchae bacchanti si velis advorsarier, ex insana insaniorem facies? (= si advorseris),
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 80:si meum Imperium exsequi voluisset, interemptam oportuit (= si executus esset),
Ter. Heaut. 4, 1, 22:si id confiteri velim, tamen istum condemnetis necesse est (= si id confitear),
if I would acknowledge, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 18, § 45:si quis velit ita dicere... nihil dicat (= si quis dicat),
id. Fat. 14, 32:dies deficiat si velim numerare, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 32, 81;so,
id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102; id. Verr. 2, 2, 21, § 52:qua in sententia si constare voluissent, suam auctoritatem... recuperassent,
id. Fam. 1, 9, 14; id. Verr. 2, 1, 11, § 31; id. Lael. 20, 75:conicere potestis, si recordari volueritis quanta, etc.,
if you will remember, id. Verr. 2, 4, 58, § 129; so id. Or. 1, 44, 197; id. Brut. 1, 2, 5:quod si audire voletis externa, maximas res publicas ab adulescentibus labefactatas reperietis,
id. Sen. 6, 20; so id. Or. 1, 60, 256; 2, 23, 95:ejus me compotem voti vos facere potestis, si meminisse vultis, non vos in Samnio, etc.,
Liv. 7, 40, 5; 23, 13, 6; 23, 15, 4: cum olera Diogeni lavanti Aristippus dixisset: si Dionysium adulare velles, ista non esses;Imo, inquit, si tu ista esse velles, non adulares Dionysium,
Val. Max. 4, 3, ext. 4:ut si his (legibus) perpetuo uti voluissent, sempiternum habituri fuerint imperium,
id. 5, 3, ext. 3:quid enim si mirari velit, non in silvestribus dumis poma pendere,
Sen. Ira, 2, 10, 6; cf. Curt. 5, 1, 1; 3, 5, 6; Ov. H. 17 (18), 43.—With perf. inf. pass.:nisi ea (opera) certi auctores monumentis suis testata esse voluissent,
Val. Max. 3, 2, 24.—In declarative sentences.a.Volo in 1 st pers. with perf. pass. inf. or part. (volo oratum esse or oratum = oro; v. I. B. 9. b. a and b):b.vos omnes opere magno esse oratos volo benigne ut operam detis, etc.,
Plaut. Cas. prol. 21:justam rem et facilem esse oratam a vobis volo,
id. Am. prol. 33:illud tamen te esse admonitum volo, etc.,
Cic. Cael. 3, 8:sed etiam est paucis vos quod monitos voluerim,
Plaut. Capt. prol. 53:illud te, Tulli, monitum velim etc.,
Liv. 1, 23, 8:quamobrem omnes eos oratos volo Ne, etc.,
Ter. Heaut. prol. 26; so, factum volo = faciam: serva tibi sodalem, et mihi filium. Mne. Factum volo, I will, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 91: pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac, etc. Nau. Factum volo, Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 4; so Plaut. Pers. 2, 5, 10.—In 3 d pers.:esse salutatum vult te mea littera primum,
Ov. P. 2, 7, 1.—With pres. inf.:c.propterea te vocari ad cenam volo (= voco te),
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 72:sed nunc rogare hoc ego vicissim te volo: quid fuit, etc. (= nunc te rogo),
id. Trin. 1, 2, 136.—With perf. act. inf.:d.pace tua dixisse velim (= pace tua dixerim),
Ov. P. 3, 1, 9.—In other connections, when the will or purpose is made more prominent than the action:B.eorum alter, qui Antiochus vocatur, iter per Siciliam facere voluit (= fecit),
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 61:si suscipere eam (religionem) nolletis, tamen in eo qui violasset sancire vos velle oporteret (= sancire vos oporteret),
id. ib. 2, 4, 51, §114: ut insequentibus diebus nemo eorum forum aut publicum adspicere vellet (= adspiceret),
Liv. 9, 7, 11:talentis mille percussorem in me emere voluisti (= emisti),
Curt. 3, 5, 6: quin etiam senatus gratias ei agentem quod redire voluisset ante portas eduxit (= quod redisset), Val. Max. 3, 4, 4:utri prius gratulemur, qui hoc dicere voluit, an cui audire contigit? (= qui hoc dixit),
id. 4, 7, ext. 2:sic tua non paucae carpere facta volent (= carpent),
Ov. P. 3, 1, 64.Velim, as potential subjunctive (mostly in 1 st pers. sing., as subjunctive of modest statement), = volo, I wish, I should like.1.With verb in the second person.a.With pres. subj., so most frequently in Cic.(α).As a modest imperative of the dependent verb: velim facias = fac, I wish you would do it, please do it:(β).ego quae in rem tuam sint, ea velim facias,
Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 9:eas (litteras) in eundem fasciculum velim addas,
Cic. Att. 12, 53:eum salvere jubeas velim,
id. ib. 7, 7, 7:velim me facias certiorem, etc.,
id. ib. 1, 19, 9:tu velim saepe ad nos scribas,
id. ib. 1, 12, 4:velim mihi ignoscas,
id. Fam. 13, 75, 1:tu velim animum a me parumper avertas,
id. Lael. 1, 5; cf. id. Att. 1, 11, 3; 7, 3, 11; 8, 12, 5; id. Fam. 15, 3, 2 et saep.:haec pro causa mea dicta accipiatis velim,
Liv. 42, 34, 13: velim, inquit, hoc mihi probes, Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 51:Musa velim memores, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 53.—Expressing a wish without a command (v. vellem):b.vera dicas velim,
I wish you told the truth, Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 18:quam velim Bruto persuadeas ut Asturae sit,
Cic. Att. 14, 15, 4:ipse velim poenas experiare meas,
Ov. Tr. 3, 11, 74;so in asseverations: ita velim me promerentem ames, dum vivas, mi pater, ut... id mihi vehementer dolet,
Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 47.—With infinitive clause.(α).With the force of a modest imperative:(β).sed qui istuc credam ita esse, mihi dici velim (i. e. a te),
Ter. Phorm. 5, 6, 15:extremum illud est quod mihi abs te responderi velim,
Cic. Vat. 17, 41 (may be a dependent subjunctive):itaque vos ego, milites, non eo solum animo.... pugnare velim, etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 10.—As a mere wish:c.velim te arbitrari, frater, etc.,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 1:primum te arbitrari id quod res est velim,
Ter. Eun. 5, 5, 9.—With perf. act.:hanc te quoque ad ceteras tuas eximias virtutes, Masinissa, adjecisse velim,
Liv. 30, 14, 6.—With perf. pass., Liv. 1, 23, 8 (v. II. A. 3. a. supra).—With ut (rare):d.de tuis velim ut eo sis animo, quo debes esse,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 4. —With ne (rare), Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 23 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—2.With dependent verb in the third person, expressing a wish.a.With pres. subj.:b.ita se defatigent velim Ut, etc.,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 3:de Cicerone quae mihi scribis, jucunda mihi sunt: velim sint prospera,
Cic. Att. 14, 11, 2:velim seu Himilco, seu Mago respondeat,
Liv. 23, 12, 15:sint haec vera velim,
Verg. Cir. 306:nulla me velim syllaba effugiat,
Quint. 11, 2, 45.—With final clause:tu velim mihi ad urbem praesto sis, ut tuis consiliis utar,
Cic. Att. 9, 16, 3; cf. id. ib. 11, 11, 2 (v. I. C. 2. supra).—With ellips. of pres. subj.:velim mehercule Asturae Brutus (i. e. sit),
Cic. Att. 14, 11, 1.—With perf. subj. (a wish referring to the past):c.nimis velim improbissumo homini malas edentaverint,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 2, 48.—With inf.-clause:3.ne ego nunc mihi modium mille esse argenti velim!
Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 9: di me perdant! Me. Quodcunque optes, velim tibi contingere, id. Cist. 2, 1, 30:velim eum tibi placere quam maxime,
Cic. Brut. 71, 249: idque primum ita esse velim;deinde etiam, si non sit, mihi persuaderi tamen velim,
id. Tusc. 1, 11, 24:quod faxitis, deos velim fortunare,
Liv. 6, 41, 12.—With perf. pass. inf. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):edepol te hodie lapide percussum velim,
Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 33:moribus praefectum mulierum hunc factum velim,
id. Aul. 3, 5, 30.—With inf.-clause understood:nimium plus quam velim nostrorum ingenia sunt mobilia,
Liv. 2, 37, 4.—With verb in the first person.a.With inf. pres. (so most freq.):b.atque hoc velim probare omnibus, etc.,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47:velim scire ecquid de te recordere,
id. Tusc. 1, 6, 13:quare te, ut polliceris, videre plane velim,
id. Att. 11, 9, 3:nec vero velim... a calce ad carceres revocari,
id. Sen. 23, 83:sed multitudo ea quid animorum... habeat scire velim,
Liv. 23, 12, 7:interrogare tamen velim, an Isocrates Attice dixerit,
Quint. 12, 10, 22.—With perf. inf. act., Ov. P. 3, 1, 9 (v. II. A. 3. c.).—With acc. and inf.:c.quod velis, modo id velim me scire,
Plaut. Cas. 2, 4, 8.—So with perf. pass. inf.:ego praeterquam quod nihil haustum ex vano velim, Fabium... potissimum auctorem habui,
Liv. 22, 7, 4.—With subj. pres.:4.eo velim tam facili uti possim et tam bono in me quam Curione,
Cic. Att. 10, 8, 10 B. and K. ex conj. Mull. (Lachm., Hoffm. posse; al. possem).—Velim in the principal sentence of conditional clauses, I would, I should be willing:5.aetatem velim servire, Libanum ut (= si) conveniam modo,
Plaut. As. 2, 2, 8:velim, si fieri possit,
id. Truc. 2, 4, 12:si quid tibi compendi facere possim, factum edepol velim (redundant),
id. ib. 2, 4, 26:si possim, velim,
id. Stich. 4, 2, 9:nec velim (imitari orationes Thucydidis) si possim,
Cic. Brut. 83, 287:si liceat, nulli cognitus esse velim,
Ov. Tr. 5, 12, 42.—The other persons of velim in potential use (rare).a.Velis.(α).Imperatively = cupito:(β).quoniam non potest fieri quod vis, Id velis quod possit,
Ter. And. 2, 1, 6:atque aliquos tamen esse velis tibi, alumna, penates,
Verg. Cir. 331.—Declaratively with indef. subj.: quom inopia'st, cupias; quando ejus copia'st, tum non velis, then you (i.e. people, they) do not want it, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 45.—(γ).Redundant, as a form of the imperative of the dependent verb, Ov. Am. 1, 4, 38 (v. I. A. 3. a. b); id. H. 1, 80 (v. II. A. 1. b.); id. M. 2, 746 (v. II. A. 1. c.).—b.Velit.(α).Modestly for vult:(β).te super aetherias licentius auras Haud pater ille velit, etc.,
Verg. A. 7, 558: nemo enim minui velit id in quo maximus fuit, would like that to be diminished in which, etc., Quint. 12, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 2, 104, and Ov. H. 9, 7 (v. I. E. 1. c. supra).— So, poet., instead of vellet with perf. inf.:ut fiat, quid non illa dedisse velit?
Ov. Am. 2, 17, 30.—= imperative of third person:c.arma velit, poscatque simul rapiatque juventus,
Verg. A. 7, 340.—Redundantly, giving to the dependent verb the force of an imperative, Quint. 8, prooem. 12 (v. II. A. 1. c. supra; v. also I. A. 3. a. supra).—Velimus.(α).In the optative sense of velim:(β). d.sed scire velimus quod tibi nomen siet,
Plaut. Pers. 4, 6, 18.—Velitis = velim velitis (i. e. jubeatis, jubete):e.novos consules ita cum Samnite gerere bellum velitis ut omnia ante nos bella gesta sunt,
Liv. 9, 8, 10.—So especially in velitis jubeatis, a formula in submitting a law to the votes of the people in the comitia centuriata or tributa, let it be resolved and ordered by you:rogatus in haec verba populus: velitis jubeatisne haec sic fieri, si respublica populi Romani Quiritium, etc.,
Liv. 22, 10, 2:velitis jubeatis, Quirites... uti de ea re Ser. Sulpicius praetor urbanus ad senatum referat, etc.,
id. 38, 54, 3.—And parodied by Cic.:velitis jubeatis ut quod Cicero versum fecerit,
Cic. Pis. 29, 72.—So in oblique discourse, vellent juberent:rogationem promulgavit, vellent juberent Philippo... bellum indici,
Liv. 31, 6, 1:vellent juberentne se regnare,
id. 1, 46, 1; cf.in the resolution of the people: plebis sic jussit: quod senatus... censeat, id volumus jubemusque,
id. 26, 33, 14.—Velint, optative and redundant, Cic. Att. 11, 7, 7 (v. II. A. 1. d.); Ov. P. 1, 7, 8 (v. II. A. 1. c.).C.Vellem, as potential subjunctive, I wish, should like, should have liked, representing the wish as contrary to fact, while velim refers to a wish which may be realized:1.de Menedemo vellem verum fuisset, de regina velim verum sit,
Cic. Att. 15, 4, 4. It is not used with imperative force; cf.:quod scribis, putare te... vellem scriberes, cur ita putares... tu tamen velim scribas,
Cic. Att. 11, 24, 5.—Often quam vellem, how I wish, i. e. I wish very much; and in the same sense: nimium vellem, v. infra.With verb in first person.a.With inf. pres., I wish, would like, referring to present or future actions:b.videre equidem vos vellem, cum huic aurum darem,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 68:vellem equidem idem posse gloriari quod Cyrus,
Cic. Sen. 10, 32:vellem equidem vobis placere, Quirites, sed, etc.,
Liv. 3, 68, 9:quam fieri vellem meus libellus!
Mart. 8, 72, 9.—With cuperem and optarem:nunc ego Triptolemi cuperem conscendere currus... Nunc ego Medeae vellem frenare dracones... Nunc ego jactandas optarem sumere pennas, etc.,
Ov. Tr. 3, 8, 1 sqq.— [p. 2010] Rarely, I should have liked:tum equidem istuc os tuum inpudens videre nimium vellem!
Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 49.—And in conditional sense:maerorem minui: dolorem nec potui, nec, si possem, vellem (i. e. minuere),
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:certe ego, si sineres, titulum tibi reddere vellem,
Ov. Tr. 4, 5, 13:sic nec amari quidem vellem (i. e. if I were in his place),
Sen. Ira, 1, 20, 4.—With perf. inf., I wish I had:c.abiit, vah! Rogasse vellem,
I wish I had asked him, Ter. Heaut. 5, 2, 25:maxime vellem semper tecum fuisse,
Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5:quam vellem petisse ab eo quod audio Philippum impetrasse,
id. ib. 10, 4, 10:non equidem vellem, quoniam nocitura fuerunt, Pieridum sacris imposuisse manum,
Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 27:ante equidem summa de re statuisse, Latini, Et vellem, et fuerat melius,
Verg. A. 11, 303. —With inf.-clause, the predicate being a perf. part. (v. I. B. 9. b. b, supra):d.virum me natam vellem,
would I had been born a man! Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 9.—With subj. imperf. (rare):2.quam vellem, Panaetium nostrum nobiscum haberemus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15.—The subject of the dependent verb in the second person.a.With subj. imperf. (the regular construction):b.hodie igitur me videbit, ac vellem tum tu adesses,
I wish you could be present, Cic. Att. 13, 7, 2:quam vellem de his etiam oratoribus tibi dicere luberet,
I wish you would please, id. Brut. 71, 248.—With subj. pluperf., I wish you had:c.vellem Idibus Martiis me ad cenam invitasses,
Cic. Fam. 12, 4, 1:quam vellem te ad Stoicos inclinavisses,
id. Fin. 3, 3, 10:vellem suscepisses juvenem regendum,
id. Att. 10, 6, 2:quam vellem Bruto studium tuum navare potuisses,
id. ib. 15, 4, 5.—With ne and pluperf. subj.:d.tu vellem ne veritus esses ne parum libenter legerem tuas litteras,
Cic. Fam. 7, 33, 2.—With ellipsis of verb: vera cantas, vana vellem (i. e. cantares). Plaut. Most. 3, 4, 41.—3.With verb in third person.a.With imperf. subj. (the regular construction):b.patrem atque matrem viverent vellem tibi (per ecthesin, v. I. E. b.),
Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 106:vellem adesset Antonius, modo sine advocatis,
Cic. Phil. 1, 7, 16:vellem nobis hoc idem vere dicere liceret,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1:vellem adesse posset Panaetius,
id. Tusc. 1, 33, 81:vellem hoc esset laborare,
id. Or. 2, 71, 287.—With pluperf. subj.:c.vellem aliqui ex vobis robustioribus hunc male dicendi locum suscepissent,
Cic. Cael. 3, 7:vellem dictum esset ab eodem etiam de Dione,
id. ib. 10, 23; so id. ib. 31, 74; id. Brut. 44, 163:quam vellem Dareus aliquid ex hac indole hausisset!
Curt. 3, 32 (12), 26.—With inf.-clause.(α).With inf. pres., I wish he were:(β).quam non abesse ab hujus judicio L. Vulsionem vellem!
Cic. Clu. 70, 198:nunc mihi... Vellem, Maeonide, pectus inesse tuum,
Ov. F. 2, 120.—With perf. inf. or part., I wish he had, had been:d.quam vellem Menedemum invitatum!
Ter. Heaut. 1, 2, 11:epistulas, quas quidem vellem mihi numquam redditas,
Cic. Att. 11, 22, 1.—With ellipsis of predicate: illud quoque vellem antea (i. e. factum, or factum esse),
Cic. Att. 11, 23, 3.—With ut, Cic. Sull. 1, 1; id. Fam. 7, 33, 2 (v. I. C. 1. a. supra).—4.With acc. of a neuter pronoun or of a noun:5.aliquando sentiam us nihil nobis nisi, id quod minime vellem, spiritum reliquum esse,
Cic. Att. 9, 19, 2: tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem: apti essent ad id quod cogito, I would like to have (cf. I. E. 1. a.), id. ib. 13, 22, 2.—In the other persons of vellem (mostly poet.).a.Velles.(α).In optative sentences redundant, Verg. A. 11, 153 (v. II. A. 1. d.).—(β).Of an indefinite subject:b.velles eum (Senecam) suo ingenio dixisse, alieno judicio,
Quint. 10, 1, 130.—Vellet.(α).In the potential sense of vellem: vellet abesse quidem;(β).sed adest. Velletque videre, Non etiam sentire canum fera facta suorum,
Ov. M. 3, 247.—Conditionally:c.quis vellet tanti nuntius esse mali (i. e. if in this situation)?
Ov. H. 12, 146.—Vellent.(α).In the potential sense of vellem:(β).quam vellent aethere in alto Nunc of pauperiem et duros perferre labores!
Verg. A. 6, 436.—Conditionally: nec superi vellent hoc licuisse sibi, would wish, i. e. if in this situation, Mart. 4, 44, 8.D.Volam and voluero.1.In gen.: respiciendus erit sermo stipulationis, utrumne talis sit: quem voluero, an quem volam. Nam si talis fuerit quem voluero, cum semel elegerit, mutare voluntatem non poterit;2.si vero... quem volam, donec judicium dictet, mutandi potestatem habebit,
Dig. 45, 1, 112.—Volam in principal sentences.(α).= Engl. future, I shall wish, etc.:(β).et commeminisse hoc ego volam te,
I shall require you to recollect this, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 7: cum omnia habueris, tunc habere et sapientiam voles? will you also wish to have wisdom when? etc., Sen. Ep. 17, 8.—Denoting present probability: et scilicet jam me hoc voles patrem exorare, ut, etc., you doubtless wish me, etc., Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 27.—3.In clauses dependent on predicates implying a future, generally rendered by an English present:E.quid si sors aliter quam voles evenerit?
otherwise than as you wish, Plaut. Cas. 2, 5, 35:tum te, si voles, cum patriae quod debes solveris, satis diu vixisse dicito,
then if you choose, if you will, Cic. Marcell. 9, 27:decedes cum voles,
id. Att. 6, 3, 2:qui magis effugies eos qui volent fingere?
those who are bent upon inventing, who will invent, falsehoods, id. ib. 8, 2, 2; cf. id. ib. 1, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 55; id. Prov. Cons. 9, 24:quod voles gratum esse, rarum effice,
Sen. Ben. 1, 14, 1; cf. id. Brev. Vit. 7, 9: si di volent, the gods permitting, August. ap. Suet. Calig. 8:invenies, vere si reperire voles,
Ov. P. 3, 1, 34; cf. Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 78; Tib. 1, 4, 45.—So, voluero:quem (locum) si qui vitare voluerit, sex milium circuitu in oppidum pervenit,
who wishes to avoid this spot, Caes. B. C. 2, 24.Si vis, parenthetically.1.If you please (cf. sis, supra init.):2.paulum opperirier, Si vis,
Ter. Eun. 5, 2, 52:audi, si vis, nunc jam,
id. Ad. 2, 1, 30:dic, si vis, de quo disputari velis,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 5, 13.—If you wish, choose, insist upon it:F.hanc quoque jucunditatem, si vis, transfer in animum,
Cic. Fin. 2, 4, 14:addam, si vis, animi, etc.,
id. ib. 2, 27, 89:concedam hoc ipsum, si vis, etc.,
id. Div. 2, 15, 34.Quam, with any person of the pres. indic. or subj., or imperf. subj. or future, = quamvis, in a concessive sense, virtually, however, however much.1.3 d pers. sing.:2.quod illa, quam velit sit potens, numquam impetravisset (= quamvis sit potens),
however powerful she may be, Cic. Cael. 26, 63:C. Gracchus dixit, sibi in somnis Ti. fratrem visum esse dicere, quam vellet cunctaretur, tamen eodem sibi leto... esse pereundum,
id. Div. 1, 26, 56:quam volet jocetur,
id. N. D. 2, 17, 46.—1 st pers. plur.:3.quam volumus licet ipsi nos amemus, tamen, etc.,
Cic. Har. Resp. 9, 19.—2 d pers. plur.: exspectate facinus quam vultis improbum, vincam tamen, etc., expect a crime, however wicked ( ever so wicked), etc., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 5, § 11;4.but: hac actione quam voletis multi dicent,
as many as you choose, id. ib. 2, 2, 42, § 102.—3 d pers. plur.:G.quam volent illi cedant, tamen a re publica revocabuntur,
Cic. Phil. 2, 44, 113:quam volent in conviviis faceti, dicaces, etc., sint, alia fori vis est, alia triclinii,
id. Cael. 28, 67;but: et ceteri quam volent magnas pecunias capere possint,
as much money as they choose, id. Verr. 2, 2, 58, § 142.Volo = malo, to prefer, with a comparative clause (rare):H.quodsi in ceteris quoque studiis a multis eligere homines commodissimum quodque, quam sese uni alicui certo vellent addicere, = si se eligere mallent quam se uni addicere,
Cic. Inv. 2, 2, 5:malae rei quam nullius duces esse volunt,
Liv. 3, 68, 11:famaene credi velis quanta urbs a te capta sit, quam posteris quoque eam spectando esse?
id. 25, 29, 6.With magis and maxime.1.Magis velle: ut tu illam salvam magis velles quam ego, you wish more than I, etc., Ter. Hec. 2, 2, 17.—2.With maxime, to wish above all, more than any thing or any one else, to be most agreeable to one, to like best, to prefer (among more than two alternatives):K.quia id maxime volo ut illi istoc confugiant,
wish above all, Plaut. Most. 5, 1, 49; so id. Trin. 3, 2, 38:maxime vellem, judices, ut P. Sulla, etc.,
Cic. Sull. 1, 1:caritate nos capiunt reges, consilio optimates, libertate populi, ut in comparando difficile ad eligendum sit, quid maxime velis,
which you prefer, like best, id. Rep. 1, 35, 55; so, quemadmodum ego maxime vellem, id. Att. 13, 1, 1:tris eos libros maxime nunc vellem,
above all others, id. ib. 13, 32, 2:alia excusanti juveni, alia recipienti futura, ita ut maxime vellet senatus responderi placuit,
as it was most agreeable to him, Liv. 39, 47:si di tibi permisissent quo modo maxime velles experiri animum meum,
in the manner most convenient to yourself, Curt. 3, 6, 12.In disjunctive co - ordination.1.With sive... sive:2.tu nunc, sive ego volo, seu nolo, sola me ut vivam facis,
whether I choose or not, Plaut. Cist. 3, 14:itaque Campanos sive velint, sive nolint, quieturos,
Liv. 8, 2, 13.—Without connectives.a.Vis tu... vis:b.congredi cum hoste liceat... vis tu mari, vis terra, vis acie, vis urbibus expugnandis experiri virtutem?
Liv. 25, 6, 22.—Velim nolim.(α).Interrogatively, = utrum velim nec ne:(β).velit nolit scire, difficile est,
it is difficult to know whether he intends it or not, Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 4.—= seu velim seu nolim:A.ut mihi, velim nolim, sit certa quaedam tuenda sententia,
whether I will or not, Cic. N. D. 1, 7, 17:velim nolim, in cognomine Scipionum haeream necesse est,
Val. Max. 3, 7, 3:mors interim adest, cui velis nolis vacandum est,
Sen. Brev. Vit. 8, 5:hunc ita fundatum necesse est, velit nolit, sequatur hilaritas continua,
id. Vit. Beat. 4, 4:velint nolint, respondendum est... beate vivere bonum non esse,
id. Ep. 117, 4:praeterea futuri principes, velint nolint, sciant, etc.,
Plin. Pan. 20 fin. Part. and P. a.: vŏlens, entis.As a part. proper, retaining the meaning and construction of velle, with the force of a relative or adverbial clause.1.Agreeing with some member of the sentence ( poet. and in post-class. prose;2.rare): neque illum... multa volentem Dicere praeterea vidit (= qui multa voluit dicere),
Verg. G. 4, 501; id. A. 2, 790:nec me vis ulla volentem Avertet (i. e. si adhaerere foederi volo),
id. ib. 12, 203: decemviri, minuere volentes hujuscemodi violentiam... putaverunt, etc., intending ( who intended) to diminish such a violence, etc., Gell. 20, 1, 34:Milo, experiri etiamtunc volens, an ullae sibi reliquae vires adessent... rescindere quercum conatus est,
id. 15, 16, 3:scio quosdam testatores, efficere volentes ne servi sui umquam ad libertatem venirent, etc., hactenus scribere solitos,
Dig. 40, 4, 61:si te volentem ad prohibendum venire, deterruerit aliquis, etc.,
ib. 43, 24, 1, § 10.—Abl. absol. (not ante-Aug.):B. 1.ne cujus militis scripti nomen nisi ipso volente deleretur,
except with his consent, Liv. 7, 41, 4; so,Teum ex medio cursu classem repente avertit, aut volentibus iis usurus commeatu parato hostibus, aut ipsos pro hostibus habiturus,
with their consent, id. 37, 27, 3:ponuntque ferocia Poeni Corda, volente deo,
since the god willed it, Verg. A. 1, 303: Thrasippo supplicium a se voluntaria morte exigere volente, while he was about to inflict punishment on himself, etc., Val. Max. 5, 1, ext. 2: scire volentibus immortalibus dis an Romana virtus imperium orbis mereretur, it being the will of the gods to know, etc., Flor. 1, 13, 3 (1, 7, 3): qui sciente aut volente eo ad quem res pertinet, possessionem nanciscitur, with the knowledge and consent of the person who, etc., Dig. 41, 2, 6. —Attributively.a.In the phrase cum dis volentibus, lit. with the willing or favoring gods, i. e. with the will, permission, or favor of the gods: dono ducite doque volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38 (Ann. v. 208 Vahl.):b.sequere hac, mea gnata, me cum dis volentibus,
Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 4:cum dis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi Mani uti illaec suovetaurilia, etc.,
Cato, R. R. 141 (142).— And without cum, abl. absol.:virtute ac dis volentibus magni estis et opulenti,
Sall. J. 14, 19.—Volenti animo.(α).= cupide, eagerly:(β).Romae plebes litteris quae de Metello ac Mario missae erant, volenti animo de ambobus acceperant,
Sall. J. 73, 3. —On purpose, intentionally:2.consilio hanc omnes animisque volentibus urbem Adferimur,
Verg. A. 7, 216.—Predicatively.a.Agreeing with the subject-nom. or subject - acc.(α).Voluntarily, willingly, [p. 2011] gladly (class.):(β).(hi) divini generis appellentur... vobisque jure et lege volentes pareant,
Cic. Univ. 11 fin.:quas victi ab hostibus poenas metuerant, eas ipsi volentes pendere,
Sall. J. 76, 6:quia volentes in amicitiam non veniebant,
Liv. 21, 39, 4:si volentes ac non coacti mansissent in amicitia,
id. 24, 37, 7:quocunque loco seu volens seu invitus constitisti,
id. 7, 40, 13:itaque se numquam volentem parte qua posset rerum consilio gerendarum cessurum,
id. 22, 27, 9:(virtus), quidquid evenerit, feret, non patiens tantum, sed etiam volens,
Sen. Vit. Beat. 15, 5:non est referre gratiam quod volens acceperis nolenti reddere,
id. Ben. 4, 40, 4:volens vos Turnus adoro,
Verg. A. 10, 677; 3, 457; 6, 146;12, 833: date vina volentes,
id. ib. 8, 275: ipsa autem macie tenuant armenta volentes ( on purpose), id. G. 3, 129.—And referring to subjects denoting things: quos rami fructus, quos ipsa volentia rura Sponte tulere sua, carpsit ( spontaneously and willingly), Verg. G. 2, 500.—Favorably; with propitius, favorably and kindly, referring to the gods:b.precantes Jovem ut volens propitius praebeat sacra arma pro patria,
Liv. 24, 21, 10:precantibus ut volens propitiaque urbem Romanam iniret,
id. 29, 14, 13:in ea arce (Victoriam) sacratam, volentem propitiamque, firmam ac stabilem fore populo Romano,
id. 22, 37, 12; 1, 16, 3; 7, 26, 3; 24, 38, 8; Inscr. Orell. 2489 sq.—Parodied by Plautus:agite, bibite, festivae fores! fite mihi volentes propitiae,
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 89.— Abl. absol.:omnia diis propitiis volentibusque ea faciemus,
with the favor and help of the gods, Liv. 39, 16, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.:si (Jovem) invocem ut dexter ac volens assit,
Quint. 4, prooem. 5.—Agreeing with other terms of the sentence (rare): volenti consuli causa in Pamphyliam devertendi oblata est, a welcome cause was offered to the consul, etc., Liv. 38, 15, 3:c.quod nobis volentibus facile continget,
if we wish, Quint. 6, 2, 30:is Ariobarzanem volentibus Armeniis praefecit,
to their satisfaction, Tac. A. 2, 4:gemis... hominem, Urse, tuum, cui dulce volenti servitium... erat,
to whom his servitude was sweet, since he liked it, Stat. S. 2, 6, 15:me mea virtus, etc., fatis egere volentem,
Verg. A. 8, 133:saepe ille volentem castigabat erum,
administered kindly received rebukes, Stat. S. 2, 6, 50.—In the phrase aliquid mihi volenti est or putatur, etc., something is welcome, acceptable to me, pleases me (= volens habeo or accipio aliquid; cf. the Gr. Humin tauta boulomenois estin, and, mihi aliquid cupienti est; v. cupio;3.rare but class.): uti militibus exaequatus cum imperatore labos volentibus esset,
that the equalization of labor was acceptable to the soldier, Sall. J. 100, 4:quia neque plebei militia volenti putabatur,
id. ib. 84, 3 Dietsch:grande periculum maritumis civitatibus esse, et quibusdam volentibus novas res fore,
that to some a change of the government would be welcome, Liv. 21, 50, 10:quibus bellum volentibus erat, probare exemplum,
Tac. Agr. 18.— Impers. with subject - inf.: ceterisque remanere et in verba Vespasiani adigi volentibus fuit, to the rest it was acceptable to remain, etc., Tac. H. 3, 43.—With subject-inf. understood:si volentibus vobis erit, in medium profero quae... legisse memini,
Macr. S. 7, 13, 11:si volentibus vobis erit, diem fabulis et epulis exigamus,
id. ib. 1, 7; 2, 3 fin.; 6, 6 init. —As subst. (mostly post-Aug.).a.vŏlens, entis, m., = is qui vult, in the different meanings, and often with the construction of the verb.(α).One who wishes:(β).nunc cis Hiberum castra Romana esse, arcem tutam perfugiumque novas volentibus res,
Liv. 22, 22, 11:consulere se volentibus vacuas aures accommodavit,
Val. Max. 5, 8, 3:quid opus libertate si volentibus luxu perire non licet,
id. 2, 9, 5:discere meliora volentibus promptum est,
i. e. it depends on our own will to learn better things, Quint. 11, 11, 12:nec sum in hoc sollicitus, dum res ipsa volentibus discere appareat,
to the students, id. 8, 4, 15:mori volentibus vis adhibita vivendi,
Suet. Tib. 61.—One who intends, is about:(γ).juris ignorantia non prodest acquirere volentibus,
i. e. in the acquisition of property, Dig. 22, 6, 7:si quis volentem incipere uti frui prohibuit,
one who is about to enter upon a usufruct, ib. 43, 16, 3, § 14. —One who is willing:(δ).non refert quid sit quod datur, nisi a volente volenti datur,
unless it is both willingly given and received, Sen. Ben. 2, 18, 8:ducunt volentem fata, nolentem trahunt,
those willing to follow, id. Ep. 107, 11.—One who consents:(ε).tutiusque rati volentibus quam coactis imperitare,
to rule men with their consent, Sall. J. 102, 6:quippe rempublicam si a volentibus nequeat ab invitis jus expetituram,
peaceably if they could, forcibly if they must, Liv. 3, 40, 4:si quis aliam rem pro alia volenti solverit,
if one pays with the consent of the receiver, Dig. 46, 3, 46:nulla injuria est quae in volentem fiat,
ib. 47, 10, 1, § 5.—One who does a thing voluntarily:(ζ).pecuniam etiam a volentibus acceperant,
the contributions of money were voluntary, Vell. 2, 62, 3:parce, puer, stimulis... (solis equi) Sponte sua properant. Labor est inhibere volentis (i. e. properare),
Ov. M. 2, 128.—Volens = bene volens: munificus nemo habebatur nisi pariter volens, unless he was just as kindly disposed, sc. as he was liberal, Sall. J. 103, 6.—Often referring to a previously mentioned noun:b.hunc cape consiliis socium et conjunge volentem,
and unite with him, since he wishes it, Verg. A. 5, 712; so may be taken Ov. M. 2, 128 (v. e).—In the neutr. plur. (volentia) rare, always with dat., things pleasing, acceptable:2.Pompeius multis suspitionibus volentia plebi facturus habebatur,
that he would do what pleased the common people, Sall. H. 4, 31 Dietsch:haec atque talia plebi volentia fuere,
Tac. A. 15, 36 Draeg. ad loc. al.:iique Muciano volentia rescripsere,
id. H. 3, 52.—Hence, adv.: vŏlenter, willingly, App. M. 6, p. 178, 4.vŏlo, āvi, ātum ( part. gen. plur. volantūm, Verg. A. 6, 728; Lucr. 2, 1083), 1, v. n. [Sanscr. val-, to turn one's self, etc.; cf.: vŏlucer, vēlox, and vol- in velivolus], to fly.I.Lit.: ex alto... laeva volavit avis, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 48, 107 (Ann. v. 95 Vahl.):2. II.aves,
Lucr. 6, 742:accipitres,
id. 4, 1010:corvi,
id. 2, 822:altam supra volat ardea nubem,
Verg. G. 1, 364:volat ille per aëra magnum Remigio alarum,
id. A. 1, 300:columbae venere volantes,
id. ib. 6, 191; Prop. 2, 30 (3, 28), 30; Juv. 8, 251:apes,
Ov. A. A. 1, 96; cf. Plin. 10, 38, 54, § 112:volasse eum (Antonium), non iter fecisse diceres,
Cic. Phil. 10, 5, 11.—Prov.:sine pennis volare haud facile est,
Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 49.—Transf., to fly, i. e. to move swiftly like one flying, to fleet, speed, hasten along:3.i sane... vola curriculo,
Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 17; cf.:per summa levis volat aequora curru,
Verg. A. 5, 819:medios volat ecce per hostes Vectus equo spumante Saces,
id. ib. 12, 650:illa (Argo) volat,
Ov. H. 6, 66:currus,
Verg. G. 3, 181:axis,
id. ib. 3, 107:nubes,
Lucr. 5, 254:fulmina,
id. 2, 213:tempestates,
id. 6, 612:telum,
id. 1, 971; cf. Sall. J. 60, 2; Verg. A. 9, 698; Liv. 26, 44, 7 al.:litterae Capuam ad Pompeium volare dicebantur,
Cic. Att. 2, 19, 3:volat aetas,
id. Tusc. 1, 31, 76:hora,
Sen. Hippol. 1141:fama,
Verg. A. 3, 121:et semel emissum volat irrevocabile verbum,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 71.— Poet., with inf.:ast Erebi virgo ditem volat aethere Memphim Praecipere et Phariā venientem pellere terrā,
Val. Fl. 4, 407.vŏlo, ōnis, m. [1. volo], a volunteer, first applied to the slaves who, after the battle at Cannæ, were enrolled upon their own expressed desire to serve (cf. Liv. 22, 57, 11; Val. Max. 7, 6, 1):volones dicti sunt milites, qui post Cannensem cladem usque ad octo milia, cum essent servi, voluntarie se ad militiam obtulere,
Paul. Diac. p. 370:volones, quia sponte hoc voluerunt, appellati,
Macr. S. 1, 11, 30:vetus miles tironi, liber voloni sese exaequari sineret,
Liv. 23, 35, 6; 23, 32, 1; Capitol. Anton. Phil. 21, 6; Macr. S. 1, 11, 30. -
22 सावित्री _sāvitrī
सावित्री 1 A ray of light.-2 N. of a celebrated verse of the Rigveda, so called because it is addressed to the sun; it is also called गायत्री; q.v. for further information.-3 The ceremony of investi- ture with the sacred thread; आ षोडशाद् ब्राह्मणस्य सावित्री नातिवर्तते Ms.2.38.-4 N. of a wife of Brahman.-5 N. of Pārvatī.-6 N. of a wife of Kaśyapa.-7 An epithet of Sūryā (daughter of Savitṛi).-8 N. of the wife of Satyavat, king of Sālva. [She was the only daughter of king Aśvapati. She was so lovely that all the suitors that came to woo her were repul- sed by her superior lustre, and thus though she reached a marriageable age, she found no one ready to espouse her. At last her father asked her to go and find out a husband of her own choice. She did so, and having made her selection returned to her father, and told him that she had chosen Satyavat, son of Dyumatsena, king of Sālva, who being driven out from his kingdom was then leading a hermit's life along with his wife. When Nārada, who hap- pened to be present there, heard this, he told her as well as Aśvapati that he was very sorry to hear of the choice she had made, for though Satyavat was in every way worthy of her, yet he was fated to die in a year from that date, and in choosing him, therefore, Sāvitrī would be only choosing life-long widow-hood and misery. Her parents, therfore, naturally tried to dissuade her mind, but the high-souled maiden told them that her choice was unalterably fixed. Accordingly the marriage took place in due time, and Sāvitrī laid aside her jewels and rich apparel, and putting on the coarse garments of hermits, spent her time in serving her old father and mother-in-law. Still, though outwardly happy, she could not forget the words of Nārada, and as she counted, the days seemed to fly swifitly like moments, and the fated time, when her husband was to die, drew near. 'I have yet three days' thought she, 'and for these three days I shall observe a rigid fast.' She maintained her vow, and on the fourth day, when Satyavat was about to go to the woods to bring sacrificial fuel, she accompanied him. After having collected some fuel, Satyavat, being fatigued, sat down, and reposing his head on the bosom of Sāvitrī fell asleep. Just then Yama came down, snatched off his soul, and proce- eded towards the south. Sāvitrī saw this and fol- lowed the god who told her to return as her husband's term of life was over. But the faithful wife besought Yama in so pathetic a strain that he granted her boon after boon, except the life of her husband, until, being quite subdued by her devotion to her husband and the force of her eloquent appeal, the god relented and restored even the spirit of Satyavat to her. Deli- ghted she returned, and found her husband as if roused from a deep sleep, and informing him of all that had occurred, went to the hermitage of her father-in-law who soon reaped the fruits of the boons of Yama. Sāvitrī is regarded as the beau ideal or high- est pattern of conjugal fidelity, and a young married woman is usually blessed by elderly females with the words जन्मसावित्री भव, thus placing before her the example of Sāvitrī for lifelong imitation.]-Comp. -पतितः, -परिभ्रष्टः a man of any one of the first three castes not invested with the sacred thread at the proper time; cf. व्रात्य; सावित्रीपतिता व्रात्या व्रात्यस्तोमादृते क्रतोः Y.1.38; Ms.2.39; तान् सावित्रीपरिभ्रष्टान् व्रात्यानिति विनि- र्दिशेत् Ms.1.2.-व्रतम् N. of a particular fast kept by Hindu women on the last three days of the bright half of Jyeṣṭha to preserve them from widow- hood.-सूत्रम् the sacred thread (यज्ञोपवीत). -
23 लॄ _lॄ
लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. =लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197.-4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26.-5 Single of its kind, unique, singular.-6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121.-7 Peerless, matchless.-8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8.-9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3.-1 True.-11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the one- the other; अजामेकां लोहित... नमामः । अजो ह्येको... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also.-कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13.(-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41.-2 unity, a unit; Hch.-का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus].-Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15.-अक्ष a.1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1.-2 having one eye.-3 having an excellent eye.(-क्षः) 1 a crow.-2 N. of Śiva.-अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13.(-रम्) 1 a monosyllable.-2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.-3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8.-4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama- deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, con- traction.-अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire.-अग्र a.1 fixed on one object or point only.-2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1.-3 unperplexed.-4 known, cele- brated.-5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with un- divided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot.-अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration.-अङ्गः 1 a body-guard.-2 the planet Mercury or Mars.-3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4.-4 Having a unique or beautiful shape.(-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part.-2 sandal wood.-3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile.-अञ्जलिः A handful.-अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood.-अण्डः a kind of horse.-अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign.-अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala- deva and identified with Durgā).-अनुदिष्ट a.1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111.-अन्त a.1 solitary, retired.-2 aside, apart.-3 directed towards one point or object only.-4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36.-5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31.-6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111.(-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49.-2 exclusiveness.-3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7.-4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind.1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27.-2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c.-3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart.-अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever.-अन्तिक a. final, conclusive.-अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object.-अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu.-अन्नम् one and the same food.(-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate.-2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188.-अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one.-अब्दा a heifer one year old.- अयन a.1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3.-2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र.(-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23.-2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11.-3 union of thoughts.-4 monotheism.-5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unani- mously.-6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9.-7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7.-अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2.-अर्थ a.1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114.-2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11.(-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention.-2 the same meaning.-3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला.- अवम a. inferior or less by one.- अवयव a. made up of the same components.-अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first.-अशीतिः f. eighty-one.-अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5.-2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed).-अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ).-अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallow- wort (Mar. रुईमांदार).-अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day.-2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey.-आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19.-आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary.-आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन.-आयु a.1 providing the most excellent food.-2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5.-आवलिः, -ली f.1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1.-2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace- a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19.-आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41.-उक्तिः f. a single expression or word.-उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one.-उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71.-उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister).-उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent.-उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट.-ऊन a. less by one, minus one.-ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2.-एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43.(-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally.-श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51.-˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45.-ओघः 1 a continuous current.-2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55.-कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup.-कर a. (-री f.)1 doing only one thing.-2 (-रा) one-handed.-3 one-rayed.-कार्य a.1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4.-2 answering the same end.-3 having the same occu- pation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business.-कालः 1 one time.-2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time.-कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123.-कालीन a.1 happening once only;-2 Contemporary, coeval.-कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini.-कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr.-क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.).-गम्यः the supreme spirit.-गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor).-ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village.-ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13.-चक्र a.1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2.-2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas.-चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one.-चर a.1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā.-2 having one attendant.-3 living un- assisted.-4 going together or at the same time.-5 gregarious.-6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18.(-रः) 1 a rhinoceros.-2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23.- चरण a. having only one foot.-चारिन् a.1 living alone, solitary.-2 going alone or with one follower only.-3 An atten- dant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife.-चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object.(-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object.-2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity.-चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object.-चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up.-चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त.-चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number.-च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely.-च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56.-ज a.1 born alone or single.-2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54.-3 alone of its kind.-4 uniform, unchanging.-जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents.-जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा.-जन्मन् m.1 a king.-2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below.-जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148.-जाति a.1 once born.-2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27.-जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2.-जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only.-ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚.-ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva.-तान a. con- centrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11.(-नः) 1 atten- tion fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2.-2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः-ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23.-तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्).-लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note.-तीर्थिन् a.1 bathing in the same holy water.-2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother.-तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow).-त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st.-त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day.-दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever.-दण्डिन् m.1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders:-- कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita.-2 N. of a Vedantic school.-दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द).-दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter.-दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows.-दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m.1 a crow.-2 N. of Śiva.-3 a philosopher.-दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64.-दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look.-देवः the Supreme god.-देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity.-देश a. occupying the same place.(-शः) 1 one spot or place.-2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18.-देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case.-देह, -देहिन् a.1 having only one body.-2 elegantly formed.(-हः) 1 the planet Mercury.-2 (du.) Husband and wife.-धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies.(-नम्) 1 an excellent gift.-2 honorific offering.-धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering,-धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a.1 possessing the same properties of the same kind.-2 professing the same religion.-धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a.1 fit for but one kind of labour.-2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79).-धुरा a particular load or con- veyance.-नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star.-नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue.-नयनः The planet Venus.-नवतः ninety-first.-नवतिः f. ninety-one.-नाथ a. having one master.(-थः) 1 sole master or lord.-2 N. of an author.-नायकः N. of Śiva.-निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or con- clusion, unanimity.-निपातः A particle which is a single word.-निष्ठ a.1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing).-2 intently fixed on one object.-नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed).-2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara.-पक्ष a.1 of the same side or party, an associate.-2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case.-पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative.-पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one.-पतिक a. having the same husband.-पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1.-2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158.-3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7.-पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी)-पद्, -पाद् a.1 one-footed, limping, lame.-2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66-पद a.1 one-footed.-2 consisting of or named in one word.(-दम्) 1 a single step.-2 single or simple word.-3 the time required to pronounce a single word.-4 present time, same time;(-दः) 1 a man having one foot.-2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. sudden- ly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse con- sisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza.(-दी) 1 a woman having one foot.-2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7.-3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44.-पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance.-परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2.-पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā.-2 N. of Durgā.-3 a plant having one leaf only.-पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa.-पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā.-पाणः a single wager.-पात a. happening at once, sudden.-तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक).-पतिन् a.1 sudden.-2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs.-पाद a.1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6.-2 using only one foot.(-दः) 1 one or single foot.-2 one and the same Pāda.-3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva.-पादिका a kind of posture of birds.-पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31.-पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4.-पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball;˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity.-पुत्र a. having only one son.-पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1;-2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7.-पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21.-प्रकार a. of the same kind.-प्रख्य a. singularly like.-प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty.-प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice).-प्रस्थः a measure.-प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8.-प्राणयोगः union in one breath.-बुद्धि a. having only one thought.-भक्त a.1 serving one master only.-2 worshipping one deity.-3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religi- ous ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance.-भक्ति a.1 believing in one deity.-2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day.-भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only.-भाव a. of the same or one nature.-2 sincerely devoted.-3 honest, sincerely disposed.(-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg.-2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम्-भूत a.1 being one, undivided-2 concentrated, closely attentive.-भूमः a palace having one floor.-भोजन, -भुक्त a.1 eating but one meal.-2 eating in common.-मति a.1 fixed on one object.-2 unanimous, thinking in the same way.-मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13.-2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2.-मात्र a. of one syllable.-मुख a.1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9.-2 having the same aim.-3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23.-4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप).(-खम्) 1 gambling.-2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल).-मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15.-मूला = अतसी q. v.-यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls.-योनि a.1 uterine.-2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148.-रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका).-रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3.-रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4.-रस a.1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17.-2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9.-3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15.-4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65.(-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling.-2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment.-राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24.-रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12.-रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only.-राशिः 1 a heap, crowd.-2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together.-रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162.-रूप a.1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55.-2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2.(-पम्) 1 one form or kind;-2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2.-रूप्य a. formed or arising from one.-लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only.-2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak.-वचनम् the singular number.-वर्ण a.1 of one colour.-2 identical, same.-3 of one tribe or caste.-4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण).(-र्णः) 1 one form.-2 a Brāhmaṇa.-3 a word of one syllable.-4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instru- ment (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity.-वर्णिक a.1 of one colour.-2 of one caste.-वर्षिका a heifer one year old.-वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment.-वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37.-वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5.-वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2.˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8.-वाचक a. Synonymous.-वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ).-2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism.-वारम्, -वारे ind.1 only once.-2 at once, suddenly.-3 at one time.-वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment.-वासा A woman; Nigh.-विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa- ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2.-विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37.-कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224.-विंशतिः f. twentyone.-विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12.-विध a. of one kind; simple.-विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि.-विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view).-वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48.-रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity.-वृक्षः 1 one tree.-2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas.-वृत f. heaven.-वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat.-2 one heap or collection.-वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number.-वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her hus- band &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21.-वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176.-व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession.-व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school.-शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6.-शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119.-शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity).-शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consan- guineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consangui- nity by the union of father and mother.-शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17.-शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school.-शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13.-शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P.-शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6.-शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant.-शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24.-शृङ्ग a. having only one horn.(-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros.-2 N. of Viṣṇu.-3 a class of Pitṛis.-4 a mountain having one top.-शेपः a tree having one root.-शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c.-श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once.-श्रुतिः f.1 monotony.-2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner.-श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command.-षष्ट a. sixty-first.-षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first.-संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29.-सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first.-सप्ततिः f. seventy-one.-सभम् a common place of meeting.-सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration.-सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127.-साक्षिक a. witnessed by one.-सार्थम् ind. together, in one company.-सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू).-स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony.-स्थ a.1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16.-2 close-standing, standing side by side.-3 collected, combined.-स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5.-2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53.-हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11.-हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year. -
24 decir
v.1 to say.decir que sí/no to say yes/nodice que no viene she says (that) she is not coming¿cómo se dice “estación” en inglés? how do you say “estación” in English?dicen que va a ser un verano muy seco they say it's going to be a very dry summerElla dijo la razón She said the reason.Ella dijo incongruencias She said=uttered inconsistencies.Esa historia dice algo cierto That story says something that is true.2 to tell.¿quién te lo ha dicho? who told you that?¿qué quieres que te diga? what do you want me to say?, what can I say?decir a alguien que haga algo to tell somebody to do somethingdecir la verdad to tell the truthDecirle la verdad a Ricardo To tell the truth to Richard= To tell Richard the truth.Le dije I told him.3 to recite, to read.4 to tell, to show.eso lo dice todo that says it alldecir mucho (en favor) de to say a lot for5 to call.le dicen la carretera de la muerte they call it the road of death6 to say to.Ella había dicho hacer eso She had said to do that.7 to say about.Ese estudio dice mil años That study says about one thousand years.* * *Present IndicativePast IndicativeFuture IndicativeConditionalPresent SubjunctiveImperfect SubjunctiveFuture SubjunctiveImperativePast Participledicho,-a.* * *verb1) to say2) tell3) speak•- decirse* * *DECIR ¿"Say" o "tell"? Decir se puede traducir por say o por tell. Por regla general, say simplemente {dice} y tell {informa} u {ordena hacer algo}. ► Decir generalmente se traduce por say en estilo directo. Normalmente no lleva un complemento de persona pero si se menciona a quién se está dirigiendo el hablante, el complemento de persona tiene que ir precedido por la preposición to: "Ya son las tres", dije "It's already three o'clock," I said "¡Qué tiempo más malo!" Eso fue lo único que me dijo "What awful weather!" That's all he said to me ► En estilo indirecto, decir se puede traducir por say cuando simplemente se cuenta lo que alguien ha dicho. Si say lleva complemento de persona, este se coloca después del complemento directo: Dijo que se tenía que marchar He said he had to leave Me dijo algo que no entendí He said something to me that I didn't understand ► Decir se traduce por tell cuando se {informa} o se {ordena hacer algo}. Suele llevar un objeto de persona sin la preposición to: Me dijo que tenía una entrevista de trabajo He told me he had a job interview ¡Te he dicho que no lo toques! I told you not to touch it! ► Hay algunos usos idiomáticos en los que decir se traduce por tell aunque no lleva complemento de persona. Por ejemplo: to tell the truth (decir la verdad) y to tell a lie (decir una mentira). Otros verbos ► Si decir va acompañado de un calificativo en español, a menudo se puede traducir al inglés por otros verbos que no sean say o tell: "Lo he perdido todo", dijo entre sollozos "I've lost everything," she sobbed Dijo con voz ronca algo sobre necesitar un médico He croaked something about needing a doctor Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada Para otras expresiones con el participio, ver dicho.1. VERBO TRANSITIVO1) (=afirmar) to sayya sabe decir varias palabras — she can already say several words, she already knows several words
- tengo prisa -dijo — "I'm in a hurry," she said
viene y dice: -estás despedido — * he goes, "you're fired" *
olvídalo, no he dicho nada — forget I said anything
¿decía usted? — you were saying?
•
[como] dicen los madrileños — as they say in Madridcomo iba diciendo... — as I was saying...
¿cómo ha dicho usted? — pardon?, what did you say?
decir que to say (that)•
decir para {o} entre [sí] — to say to o.s.dicen que... — they say (that)..., people say (that)...
el cartel dice claramente que... — the sign says clearly {o} clearly states that...
decir que sí/no — to say yes/no
-¿viene? -dice que sí — "is she coming?" - "she says she is {o} she says so"
adiós 2.la miré y me dijo que sí/no con la cabeza — I looked at her and she nodded/shook her head
¿quién te lo dijo? — who told you?
se lo dije bien claro, pero no me hizo caso — I told her quite clearly, but she didn't take any notice of me
tengo algo que decirte — there's something I want to tell you, I've got something to tell you
decir a algn que ({+ indic}) to tell sb (that)hoy nos dicen las notas — they're telling {o} giving us our results today
decir a algn que ({+ subjun}) (=ordenar) to tell sb to ({+ infin}); (=pedir) to ask sb to ({+ infin})¿no te digo que no puedo ir? — I've already told you I can't go
3) (=contar) [+ mentiras, verdad, secreto] to tellverdad 1)4) (=llamar) to call¿cómo le dicen a esto en Perú? — what do they call this in Peru?
se llama Francisco, pero le dicen Paco — his name is Francisco, but he's known as Paco
le dicen "el torero" — he's known as "el torero"
en México se le dice "recámara" al dormitorio — in Mexico they say "recámara" instead of "dormitorio"
•
me dijo de [todo] — he called me all the names under the sun5) (=opinar) to saypodemos ir a Portugal, ¿tú qué dices? — we could go to Portugal, what do you say?
¿tu familia qué dice de la boda? — what does your family say about the wedding?
6) [rectificando]había 8, digo 9 — there were 8, I mean 9
¡qué digo! — what am I saying?
7) [texto] to say•
como dice el [refrán]... — as the saying goes...8) [+ misa] to say9) [locuciones en indicativo]digo... — Méx well, er...
mis súbditos se presentarán ante mí ¡he dicho! — my subjects shall appear before me: I have spoken!
•
y dice [bien] — and he is quite right•
[como quien] dice — (=de alguna manera) so to speak; (=aproximadamente) in a way, more or lessaunque no es el director es, como quien dice, el que manda en la empresa — although he isn't the manager, he's the person in charge, so to speak, of the company
está, como quien dice, aquí al lado — it's just round the corner, as they say
como quien no dice nada — quite casually, as though it wasn't important
•
[lo mismo] digo — likewise- gracias por todo -lo mismo digo — "thank you for everything" - "likewise!" {o} "thanks to you too!"
•
pero dice [mal] — but he is wrong•
pues si esto te parece mucha gente, no te digo [nada] en verano — if you think this is a lot of people, you should see it in summer•
no lo digo [por] ti — I'm not referring to you, I'm not getting at you•
sí, [porque tú] lo digas — yes, sir, aye, aye, captain! iró•
¿[qué me] dices? — [sorpresa] you don't say!, well I never!; [incredulidad] come off it!•
[si tú] lo dices — if you say so•
eso digo [yo] — that's (just) what I saydeberías buscar trabajo, vamos, digo yo — you ought to look for a job, that's what I say, if you ask me, you ought to look for a job
¡si te lo digo yo! — of course it's true!
¡lo digo yo y basta! — you will do it because I say so!
•
¡[y que] lo digas! — you can say that again!10) [locuciones en infinitivo]•
[dar] que decir (a la gente) — to make people talk, set tongues wagging•
[es] decir — that is (to say)mi prima, es decir, la hija de Ana — my cousin, that is (to say) Ana's daughter
•
[ir] a decir, ¡a mí me lo vas a decir! — you're telling me!•
es [mucho] decir — that's saying something•
[ni que] decir tiene que... — it goes without saying that...•
[no hay más] que decir — there's nothing more to say•
para decirlo con otras [palabras] — to put it another way, in other words•
decir [por] decir — to talk for talking's sake•
[por así] decirlo — so to speak•
[querer] decir — to mean¿qué quiere decir "spatha"? — what does "spatha" mean?
¿qué quiere usted decir con eso? — what do you mean by that?
¿querrás decir un millón, no un billón? — do you mean a million rather than a billion?
•
[ya es] decir — that's saying somethingles ha costado más cara que mi casa, y eso ya es decir — it cost them more than my house did, and that's saying something
11) [locuciones en subjuntivo, imperativo]no es que yo lo diga, pero... — it's not because I say so, but...
es, digamos, un comerciante — he's a dealer, for want of a better word, he's a sort of dealer
¡haberlo dicho!, ¡me lo hubieras dicho! — you could have told me {o} said!
•
digámoslo [así] — so to speak, for want of a better word•
digan [lo que] digan — whatever they say•
y [no] digamos... — not to mention...y su madre, no digamos — not to mention his mother
•
no es muy guapa [que] digamos — she's not what you'd call pretty, she's not exactly prettyno estuvo muy cortés, que digamos — he wasn't what you'd call polite, he wasn't exactly polite
•
¡[no me] digas! — [sorpresa] you don't say!, well I never!; [incredulidad] come off it!•
¿qué [quieres] que te diga? — what can I say?12) [locuciones en condicional]¿cómo (lo) diría yo? — how shall I put it?
¿cómo diríamos? — how shall I put it?
¡quién lo diría! — would you believe it!, who would have thought it!
13) el qué diránse preocupa mucho por el qué dirán — she's always worried about what people will say {o} think
2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO1) [invitando a hablar]-¿te puedo pedir un favor? -dime — "can I ask you a favour?" - "go ahead"
¿diga?, ¿dígame? — [al teléfono] hello?
usted dirá — [invitando a hablar] go ahead; [sirviendo bebida] say when; [en tienda] can I help you?
-¿te gustaría cambiar de coche? -¡hombre, ya me dirás! — "would you like a new car?" - "you bet I would!"
2) (=indicar)su mirada lo dice todo — her expression says it all {o} speaks volumes
•
eso dice mucho [de] su personalidad — that says a lot about her personalityuna situación que tan mal dice de nuestro gobierno — a situation which shows our government in such a bad light
3.See:* * *III 1.¿cientos de personas? - bueno, es un decir — hundreds of people? - well, figuratively speaking
verbo transitivo1) <palabra/frase/poema> to say; <mentira/verdad> to tellya dice `mamá' — he says `mama' now
no digas esas cosas, por favor — please don't say things like that
¿cómo pudiste decir eso? — how could you say that?
¿eso lo dices por mí? — are you referring to me?
dicen or se dice que es el hombre más rico del país — he is said to be the richest man in the country
no se dice `andé', se dice `anduve' — it isn't `andé', it's `anduve'
¿cómo se dice `amor' en ruso? — how do you say `love' in Russian?
bonita, lo que se dice bonita, no es — she's not what you would call pretty
es el sábado; ni que decir tiene que estás invitado — it's on Saturday; you're invited, but that goes without saying
¿tendrá tiempo de hacerlo? - dice que sí — will he have time to do it? - he says he will
¿no lo encontró? - dice que no — didn't he find it? - no, he says he didn't
¿qué tal? ¿qué decís? — (RPl fam) hi, how are things? (colloq)
2)¿sabes qué me dijo? — do you know what he told me?; (expresando sorpresa, indignación, etc) do you know what he said to me?
fue algo espantoso, todo lo que te diga es poco — it was terrible, I can't begin to tell you how terrible
3)a) (expresando o transmitiendo órdenes, deseos, advertencias)decirle a alguien que + subj — to tell somebody to + inf
b)4) ( por escrito) to say¿qué dice aquí? — what does it say here?
5) ( llamar) to call6) (sugerir, comunicar)la forma de vestir dice mucho de una persona — the way someone dresses says a lot/tells you a lot about them
¿te dice algo ese nombre? — does that name mean anything to you?
7)8)¿qué quiere decir esta palabra? — what does this word mean?
¿qué quieres decir con eso? — what do you mean by that?
¿quieres decir que ya no te interesa? — do you mean (to say) that you're no longer interested?
9) (opinar, pensar) to think¿y los padres qué dicen? — what do her parents think of it?, how do her parents feel about it?
quién lo hubiera dicho! — who would have thought o believed it?
habría que regalarle algo, no sé, digo yo — we ought to buy her a present, well, I think so anyway
es muy fácil - si tú lo dices... — it's very easy - if you say so...
10) (en locs)a decir verdad — to tell you the truth, to be honest
2.con decirte que: no me lo perdonó nunca, con decirte que ni me saluda... he's never forgiven me, he won't even say hello to me; decir por decir: lo dijo por decir he didn't really mean it; es decir that is; mi cuñada, es decir la mujer de Rafael my sister-in-law, Rafael's wife that is; es mucho decir: es la mejor película del año - eso ya es mucho decir it's the best movie of the year - I wouldn't go that far; he dicho! that's that o final!; no me digas! no!, you're kidding o joking! (colloq); por así decirlo so to speak; que digamos: no es muy inteligente que digamos he's not exactly o he's hardly what you'd call intelligent; que no se diga! shame on you!; que no se diga que no somos capaces! I don't want people saying that we can't do it; y (ya) no digamos or (AmL) y no se diga: le cuestan mucho las matemáticas y no digamos la física he finds mathematics very difficult, and as for physics...; el qué dirán (fam): siempre le ha importado el qué dirán — she's always been worried what other people (might) think; ver tb dicho I
decir via) ( invitando a hablar)papá - dime, hijo — dad - yes, son?
quería pedirle un favor - usted dirá — I wanted to ask you a favor - certainly, go ahead
tome asiento, usted dirá — (frml) take a seat, and now, what can I do for you?
b) (Esp) ( al contestar el teléfono)3.¿diga? or ¿dígame? — hello?
decirse v prona) (refl) to say... to oneselfb) (recípr) to say.... to each otherc) (enf)* * *= declare, put, read, say, state, tell, volunteer, make + the point that, let + Nombre + know, let + it be known, observe, bid, reflect, utter, tender, hip, call + the tune.Ex. 24.17 declares Enter a body created or controlled by a government under its own name unless it belongs to one or more of the types listed in 24.18.Ex. As one respondent from this end of the information spectrum put it, 'Context is all in the information world'.Ex. This error message is displayed in the upper right-hand corner of the screen and reads: DAWT008, 107, DFCR....Ex. In conclusion, it should not be necessary to say that instructions and guiding must be as brief as possible.Ex. Short abstracts are generally preferred, but there are instances where the most effective approach is to cite the original unamended, and to state that this is what has been done.Ex. Program function key 1 (FP1) tells DOBIS/LIBIS to stop whatever it is doing and go back to the function selection screen.Ex. 'Anything wrong?' 'Oh, I'm okay, I guess,' volunteered Datto cautiously.Ex. However, they do make the very important point that the notation is not an essential part of the scheme.Ex. Then the secretary, having rallied herself, said forlornly 'I'll let him know you're here in a minute'.Ex. It can certainly be status-conferring to let it be known in social conversation that one has read the latest Fay Weldon book, but if the group one is in never reads Fay Weldon anyway and could not care less what she has written then the victory is a somewhat hollow one.Ex. 'All this is not very likely,' she observed at last, 'not only because of the strength of the selection process -- its imperviousness to proof before an arbitrator'.Ex. 'Sit down please,' he bade her.Ex. 'Now, you know, I could merely turn this over to the two division or all the department heads and let them decide,' reflected Bough.Ex. The ideal was forever etched in his consciousness from the day Crane uttered it: a good librarian working anywhere is a credit and benefit to libraries everywhere.Ex. 'Well,' Stanton tendered, 'one candidate clearly has the superior experience -- Kass'.Ex. He was aghast after having been hipped to the fact there are hookers on the Internet.Ex. As long as we allow other people to pay the piper, they will continue calling the tune in Africa.----* ¡eso se dice pronto! = easier said than done.* ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be kidding!.* a decir de todos = by all accounts.* a decir verdad = to tell the truth, if the truth be known, if the truth be told, in all truth, in truth, fact is, the fact is (that), to be fair.* a decir verdad... = the fact of the matter is that....* arriesgarse a decir = hazard.* atreverse a decir = go + (as/so) far as to say.* aunque a decir verdad = Mind you.* aventurarse a decir = venture.* baste decir que = suffice (it) to say.* como dice el dicho = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.* como dice el refrán = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.* continuar diciendo = go on.* cumplir lo que se dice = live up to + Posesivo + claim.* decían las malas lenguas que = rumour had it that.* decir adiós = bid + Nombre + goodbye, bid + adieu, kiss + Nombre + goodbye, bid + farewell, wave + a bye.* decir adiós (a) = say + goodbye (to).* decir adiós al pasado = bid + farewell + to the past.* decir adiós con la mano = wave + goodbye.* decir adiós con un gesto = signal + goodbye.* decir a favor de = say in + favour of.* decir Algo = break + the news.* decir Algo a Alguien = let + Nombre + in on.* decir Algo de un modo colérico = flame out.* decir Algo que es obvio por sí mismo = state + the obvious.* decir balbuceando = splutter, sputter.* decir bolas = fib.* decir bromeando = quip.* decir chorradas = bullshit.* decir con desdén = sneer.* decir con desprecio = sneer.* decir con la boca llena = say in + full confidence.* decir con mal humor = spit out.* decir con toda confianza = say in + full confidence.* decir con voz + Adjetivo = say in + a + Adjetivo + voice.* decir de un modo enfadado = spit out.* decir disparates = shoot off + at the mouth, talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.* decir en confianza = confide.* decir en defensa de = say in + defence of.* decir entrecordamente = splurt out.* decir en voz alta = say + out loud, say in + a loud voice.* decir en voz baja = say under + Posesivo + breath, say in + a low voice, say in + a quiet voice.* decir + esperar = express + hope.* decir estupideces = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.* decir gilipolleces = talk + nonsense, talk + rubbish, bullshit, talk through + Posesivo + hat.* decir humorísticamente = quip.* decir inesperadamente = blurt out, pipe.* decir la última palabra = hear + the final word, outface.* decir la verdad = tell + the truth, speak + the truth, come + clean.* decir la verdad sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.* decir la verdad, toda la verdad y nada más que la verdad = to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.* decirlo = come out with + it.* decir lo que Uno piensa = speak up, speak out.* decir mentirijillas = fib.* decir mentirillas = fib.* decir mucho de Algo = speak + volumes.* decir pamplinas = bullshit.* decir + poseer = claim.* decir que Uno se siente cómodo con Algo = express + comfort with.* decir que Uno se siente confortable con Algo = express + comfort with.* decir que Uno siente lo que le ha pasado a Otra Persona = express + sympathy for.* decir rápidamente sin parar = rattle off.* decir resoplando = snort.* decir sandeces = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, bullshit, talk through + Posesivo + hat.* decirse = grapevine + carry + the story, make out to be, word + go (a)round.* decirse que = be reputed to.* decir suspirando = sigh.* decir tonterías = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.* decir una grosería = make + rude remark.* demostrar lo que Uno dice = make + good + Posesivo + claim.* dicen las malas lenguas que = rumour has it that.* digamos por ejemplo = let us say, say.* dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.* dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.* el tiempo dirá = time will tell.* el tiempo lo dirá = only time will tell.* enterarse de lo que Uno quiere decir = catch + Posesivo + drift, get + Posesivo + drift.* es decir = i.e. (latín - id est), in other words, that is, that is to say, which is to say.* es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.* estar a punto de decir = be on the tip of + Posesivo + tongue to say.* esto no quiere decir que = this is not to say that.* expresar lo que Uno quiere decir = make + Posesivo + point.* hablar sin decir nada = waffle.* hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.* huelga decir = needless to say.* la gente dice que = rumour has it that.* ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be joking!.* me atrevo a decir = may I say.* ni que decir tiene que = it goes without saying that, needless to say.* no decir a Alguien lo que está ocurriendo = leave + Nombre + in the dark.* no decir nada = keep + quiet.* no decir nada a nadie = lips + seal.* no decir palabrotas = watch + Posesivo + mouth.* ¡no digas palabrotas! = watch your language!.* no hace falta decir que = it goes without saying that, needless to say.* no preguntes porque no te puedo decir la verdad = ask no questions and hear no lies.* no saber qué decir = be at a loss for words, be lost for words.* no ser tan bueno como se dice = not + it's cracked up to be.* para comenzar diremos que = to begin with.* para decir la verdad = to be honest.* por decirlo así = so to speak, in a manner of speaking.* por decirlo de alguna manera = so to speak.* por decirlo de algún modo = in a manner of speaking, so to speak.* por lo que dicen todos = by all accounts.* por no decir algo peor = to put it mildly.* por no decir nada de = to say nothing of.* por no decir nunca = if ever.* por no decir otra cosa peor = to say the least.* predecible en cuanto a lo que dice = platitudinous.* probar lo que Uno dice = make + good + Posesivo + claim.* qué me dices de... = what about....* querer decir = mean.* quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....* quién + Pronombre + iba a decir que... = little did + Pronombre + know that....* recalcar lo que Uno quiere decir = drive + home + Posesivo + point.* resaltar lo que Uno quiere decir = drive + home + Posesivo + point.* se decía que = rumour had it that.* se dice = so the story goes.* se dice pronto, pero no es tan fácil = easier said than done.* se dice que = rumour has it that, the saying + be + that.* según se dice = reportedly, so the argument goes, reputedly.* sin decir nada = dumbly.* sin decir ni mú = as quiet as a mouse.* sin decir ni pío = as quiet as a mouse.* sin decir una palabra = without saying a word.* sin saber qué decir = nonplussed [nonplused].* tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.* tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.* yo me atrevería a decir = dare I say.* * *III 1.¿cientos de personas? - bueno, es un decir — hundreds of people? - well, figuratively speaking
verbo transitivo1) <palabra/frase/poema> to say; <mentira/verdad> to tellya dice `mamá' — he says `mama' now
no digas esas cosas, por favor — please don't say things like that
¿cómo pudiste decir eso? — how could you say that?
¿eso lo dices por mí? — are you referring to me?
dicen or se dice que es el hombre más rico del país — he is said to be the richest man in the country
no se dice `andé', se dice `anduve' — it isn't `andé', it's `anduve'
¿cómo se dice `amor' en ruso? — how do you say `love' in Russian?
bonita, lo que se dice bonita, no es — she's not what you would call pretty
es el sábado; ni que decir tiene que estás invitado — it's on Saturday; you're invited, but that goes without saying
¿tendrá tiempo de hacerlo? - dice que sí — will he have time to do it? - he says he will
¿no lo encontró? - dice que no — didn't he find it? - no, he says he didn't
¿qué tal? ¿qué decís? — (RPl fam) hi, how are things? (colloq)
2)¿sabes qué me dijo? — do you know what he told me?; (expresando sorpresa, indignación, etc) do you know what he said to me?
fue algo espantoso, todo lo que te diga es poco — it was terrible, I can't begin to tell you how terrible
3)a) (expresando o transmitiendo órdenes, deseos, advertencias)decirle a alguien que + subj — to tell somebody to + inf
b)4) ( por escrito) to say¿qué dice aquí? — what does it say here?
5) ( llamar) to call6) (sugerir, comunicar)la forma de vestir dice mucho de una persona — the way someone dresses says a lot/tells you a lot about them
¿te dice algo ese nombre? — does that name mean anything to you?
7)8)¿qué quiere decir esta palabra? — what does this word mean?
¿qué quieres decir con eso? — what do you mean by that?
¿quieres decir que ya no te interesa? — do you mean (to say) that you're no longer interested?
9) (opinar, pensar) to think¿y los padres qué dicen? — what do her parents think of it?, how do her parents feel about it?
quién lo hubiera dicho! — who would have thought o believed it?
habría que regalarle algo, no sé, digo yo — we ought to buy her a present, well, I think so anyway
es muy fácil - si tú lo dices... — it's very easy - if you say so...
10) (en locs)a decir verdad — to tell you the truth, to be honest
2.con decirte que: no me lo perdonó nunca, con decirte que ni me saluda... he's never forgiven me, he won't even say hello to me; decir por decir: lo dijo por decir he didn't really mean it; es decir that is; mi cuñada, es decir la mujer de Rafael my sister-in-law, Rafael's wife that is; es mucho decir: es la mejor película del año - eso ya es mucho decir it's the best movie of the year - I wouldn't go that far; he dicho! that's that o final!; no me digas! no!, you're kidding o joking! (colloq); por así decirlo so to speak; que digamos: no es muy inteligente que digamos he's not exactly o he's hardly what you'd call intelligent; que no se diga! shame on you!; que no se diga que no somos capaces! I don't want people saying that we can't do it; y (ya) no digamos or (AmL) y no se diga: le cuestan mucho las matemáticas y no digamos la física he finds mathematics very difficult, and as for physics...; el qué dirán (fam): siempre le ha importado el qué dirán — she's always been worried what other people (might) think; ver tb dicho I
decir via) ( invitando a hablar)papá - dime, hijo — dad - yes, son?
quería pedirle un favor - usted dirá — I wanted to ask you a favor - certainly, go ahead
tome asiento, usted dirá — (frml) take a seat, and now, what can I do for you?
b) (Esp) ( al contestar el teléfono)3.¿diga? or ¿dígame? — hello?
decirse v prona) (refl) to say... to oneselfb) (recípr) to say.... to each otherc) (enf)* * *= declare, put, read, say, state, tell, volunteer, make + the point that, let + Nombre + know, let + it be known, observe, bid, reflect, utter, tender, hip, call + the tune.Ex: 24.17 declares Enter a body created or controlled by a government under its own name unless it belongs to one or more of the types listed in 24.18.
Ex: As one respondent from this end of the information spectrum put it, 'Context is all in the information world'.Ex: This error message is displayed in the upper right-hand corner of the screen and reads: DAWT008, 107, DFCR....Ex: In conclusion, it should not be necessary to say that instructions and guiding must be as brief as possible.Ex: Short abstracts are generally preferred, but there are instances where the most effective approach is to cite the original unamended, and to state that this is what has been done.Ex: Program function key 1 (FP1) tells DOBIS/LIBIS to stop whatever it is doing and go back to the function selection screen.Ex: 'Anything wrong?' 'Oh, I'm okay, I guess,' volunteered Datto cautiously.Ex: However, they do make the very important point that the notation is not an essential part of the scheme.Ex: Then the secretary, having rallied herself, said forlornly 'I'll let him know you're here in a minute'.Ex: It can certainly be status-conferring to let it be known in social conversation that one has read the latest Fay Weldon book, but if the group one is in never reads Fay Weldon anyway and could not care less what she has written then the victory is a somewhat hollow one.Ex: 'All this is not very likely,' she observed at last, 'not only because of the strength of the selection process -- its imperviousness to proof before an arbitrator'.Ex: 'Sit down please,' he bade her.Ex: 'Now, you know, I could merely turn this over to the two division or all the department heads and let them decide,' reflected Bough.Ex: The ideal was forever etched in his consciousness from the day Crane uttered it: a good librarian working anywhere is a credit and benefit to libraries everywhere.Ex: 'Well,' Stanton tendered, 'one candidate clearly has the superior experience -- Kass'.Ex: He was aghast after having been hipped to the fact there are hookers on the Internet.Ex: As long as we allow other people to pay the piper, they will continue calling the tune in Africa.* ¡eso se dice pronto! = easier said than done.* ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be kidding!.* a decir de todos = by all accounts.* a decir verdad = to tell the truth, if the truth be known, if the truth be told, in all truth, in truth, fact is, the fact is (that), to be fair.* a decir verdad... = the fact of the matter is that....* arriesgarse a decir = hazard.* atreverse a decir = go + (as/so) far as to say.* aunque a decir verdad = Mind you.* aventurarse a decir = venture.* baste decir que = suffice (it) to say.* como dice el dicho = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.* como dice el refrán = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.* continuar diciendo = go on.* cumplir lo que se dice = live up to + Posesivo + claim.* decían las malas lenguas que = rumour had it that.* decir adiós = bid + Nombre + goodbye, bid + adieu, kiss + Nombre + goodbye, bid + farewell, wave + a bye.* decir adiós (a) = say + goodbye (to).* decir adiós al pasado = bid + farewell + to the past.* decir adiós con la mano = wave + goodbye.* decir adiós con un gesto = signal + goodbye.* decir a favor de = say in + favour of.* decir Algo = break + the news.* decir Algo a Alguien = let + Nombre + in on.* decir Algo de un modo colérico = flame out.* decir Algo que es obvio por sí mismo = state + the obvious.* decir balbuceando = splutter, sputter.* decir bolas = fib.* decir bromeando = quip.* decir chorradas = bullshit.* decir con desdén = sneer.* decir con desprecio = sneer.* decir con la boca llena = say in + full confidence.* decir con mal humor = spit out.* decir con toda confianza = say in + full confidence.* decir con voz + Adjetivo = say in + a + Adjetivo + voice.* decir de un modo enfadado = spit out.* decir disparates = shoot off + at the mouth, talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.* decir en confianza = confide.* decir en defensa de = say in + defence of.* decir entrecordamente = splurt out.* decir en voz alta = say + out loud, say in + a loud voice.* decir en voz baja = say under + Posesivo + breath, say in + a low voice, say in + a quiet voice.* decir + esperar = express + hope.* decir estupideces = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.* decir gilipolleces = talk + nonsense, talk + rubbish, bullshit, talk through + Posesivo + hat.* decir humorísticamente = quip.* decir inesperadamente = blurt out, pipe.* decir la última palabra = hear + the final word, outface.* decir la verdad = tell + the truth, speak + the truth, come + clean.* decir la verdad sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.* decir la verdad, toda la verdad y nada más que la verdad = to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.* decirlo = come out with + it.* decir lo que Uno piensa = speak up, speak out.* decir mentirijillas = fib.* decir mentirillas = fib.* decir mucho de Algo = speak + volumes.* decir pamplinas = bullshit.* decir + poseer = claim.* decir que Uno se siente cómodo con Algo = express + comfort with.* decir que Uno se siente confortable con Algo = express + comfort with.* decir que Uno siente lo que le ha pasado a Otra Persona = express + sympathy for.* decir rápidamente sin parar = rattle off.* decir resoplando = snort.* decir sandeces = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, bullshit, talk through + Posesivo + hat.* decirse = grapevine + carry + the story, make out to be, word + go (a)round.* decirse que = be reputed to.* decir suspirando = sigh.* decir tonterías = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.* decir una grosería = make + rude remark.* demostrar lo que Uno dice = make + good + Posesivo + claim.* dicen las malas lenguas que = rumour has it that.* digamos por ejemplo = let us say, say.* dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.* dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.* el tiempo dirá = time will tell.* el tiempo lo dirá = only time will tell.* enterarse de lo que Uno quiere decir = catch + Posesivo + drift, get + Posesivo + drift.* es decir = i.e. (latín - id est), in other words, that is, that is to say, which is to say.* es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.* estar a punto de decir = be on the tip of + Posesivo + tongue to say.* esto no quiere decir que = this is not to say that.* expresar lo que Uno quiere decir = make + Posesivo + point.* hablar sin decir nada = waffle.* hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.* huelga decir = needless to say.* la gente dice que = rumour has it that.* ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be joking!.* me atrevo a decir = may I say.* ni que decir tiene que = it goes without saying that, needless to say.* no decir a Alguien lo que está ocurriendo = leave + Nombre + in the dark.* no decir nada = keep + quiet.* no decir nada a nadie = lips + seal.* no decir palabrotas = watch + Posesivo + mouth.* ¡no digas palabrotas! = watch your language!.* no hace falta decir que = it goes without saying that, needless to say.* no preguntes porque no te puedo decir la verdad = ask no questions and hear no lies.* no saber qué decir = be at a loss for words, be lost for words.* no ser tan bueno como se dice = not + it's cracked up to be.* para comenzar diremos que = to begin with.* para decir la verdad = to be honest.* por decirlo así = so to speak, in a manner of speaking.* por decirlo de alguna manera = so to speak.* por decirlo de algún modo = in a manner of speaking, so to speak.* por lo que dicen todos = by all accounts.* por no decir algo peor = to put it mildly.* por no decir nada de = to say nothing of.* por no decir nunca = if ever.* por no decir otra cosa peor = to say the least.* predecible en cuanto a lo que dice = platitudinous.* probar lo que Uno dice = make + good + Posesivo + claim.* qué me dices de... = what about....* querer decir = mean.* quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....* quién + Pronombre + iba a decir que... = little did + Pronombre + know that....* recalcar lo que Uno quiere decir = drive + home + Posesivo + point.* resaltar lo que Uno quiere decir = drive + home + Posesivo + point.* se decía que = rumour had it that.* se dice = so the story goes.* se dice pronto, pero no es tan fácil = easier said than done.* se dice que = rumour has it that, the saying + be + that.* según se dice = reportedly, so the argument goes, reputedly.* sin decir nada = dumbly.* sin decir ni mú = as quiet as a mouse.* sin decir ni pío = as quiet as a mouse.* sin decir una palabra = without saying a word.* sin saber qué decir = nonplussed [nonplused].* tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.* tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.* yo me atrevería a decir = dare I say.* * *1(manera de expresarse): en el decir popular in popular speech¿cientos de personas? — bueno, es un decir hundreds of people? — well, it's just a manner of speaking o a figure of speechsupongamos, es un decir, que … let's assume, just for the sake of argument, that …al decir de la gente, el clima está cambiando people say the climate is changingno son más que decires it's just talk■ decir (verbo transitivo)A decir: palabra, mentira etcB decirle algo a alguienC1 transmitiendo órdenes, deseos etc2 decir adiósD por escritoE llamarF sugerir, comunicarG decir misaH1 querer decir2 digo (al rectificar)I opinar, pensarJ en locuciones■ decir (verbo intransitivo)A1 invitando a hablar2 al contestar el teléfonoB decir bien/mal de■ decirse (verbo pronominal)1 reflexivo2 recíproco3 para enfatizarvtA ‹palabra/frase› to say; ‹mentira/verdad› to tell; ‹poema› to say, recite; ‹oración› to say[ para ejemplos con complemento indirecto ver división 2] ya dice `mamá' he says ‘mama’ nowno digas esas cosas, por favor please don't say things like that¿cómo pudiste decir semejante disparate? how could you say such a stupid thing o make such a stupid comment?no me dejó decir ni una palabra he didn't let me get a word in edgeways¿eso lo dices por mí? are you referring to me?no sé qué decir … un millón de gracias I don't know what to say … thank you very much indeed¡qué callado estás! ¡no dices nada! you're very quiet, you've hardly said a word!¡no lo dirás en serio! you can't be serious!¡no irás a decir que no lo sabías! don't try and tell me you didn't know!dijo que sí con la cabeza he nodded—no puedo hacer nada —dijo Juan there is nothing I can do, said Juan o Juan saidcomo dice el refrán/mi abuela as the saying goes/as my grandmother sayslo dijeron por la radio they said it o it was announced on the radiono eran ricos, digamos que vivían bien I don't mean they were rich, let's just say they lived welldicen que de joven fue muy guapa they say she was very beautiful when she was youngdicen que es el hombre más rico del país he is said to be the richest man in the country¿qué se dice? — gracias/por favor what do you say? — thank you/pleaseno se dice `andé', se dice `anduve' it isn't `andé', it's `anduve'¡eso no se dice! you mustn't say that!¿cómo se dice `te quiero' en ruso? how do you say `I love you' in Russian?, what's the Russian for `I love you'?bonita, lo que se dice bonita, no es she's not what you would call prettyestoy harta, lo que se dice harta ¿me oyes? I'm fed up, absolutely fed up, do you hear?eso se dice pronto, pero no es tan fácil that's easier said than donepalatal: dícese del sonido cuya articulación … palatal: of, relating to or denoting a sound articulated …es el sábado; ni que decir tiene que estás invitado it's on Saturday; you're invited, of course, but that goes without saying o but I don't need to tell you thathaberlo dicho antes why didn't you say so before?, you might have said so before!¿tendrá tiempo de hacerlo? — dice que sí will he have time to do it? — he says he will¿no lo encontró? — dice que no didn't he find it? — no, he says he didn'tdigan lo que digan no matter what people say, whatever people sayBdecirle algo a algn to tell sb stheso no es lo que me dijo a mí that's not what he told me, that's not what he said to me¿sabes qué me dijo? do you know what he told me?; (expresando sorpresa, indignación, etc) do you know what he said to me?se lo voy a decir a papá I'm going to tell Dadhoy nos dicen el resultado they're going to give us the result todayme dijo una mentira he told me a lie, he lied to meAndrés me dijo lo de tu hermano Andrés told me about your brother¡a mí me lo vas a decir! you're telling me!, you don't have to tell me!¿sabes lo que te digo? por mí que se muera look, as far as I'm concerned he can drop dead! ( colloq)¿no te digo? éste se cree que yo soy la sirvienta see what I mean? he thinks I'm his servant¿no te digo or no te estoy diciendo que hasta le pega? I'm telling you, he even hits her!¿tú qué me aconsejas? — ¿qué quieres que te diga? tienes que tomar tú la decisión what do you think I should do? — well, to be quite frank o honest, I think you have to decide for yourselfya te decía yo que no era verdad I told you it wasn't true, didn't I?fue algo espantoso, todo lo que te diga es poco it was terrible, I just can't describe it o I can't begin to tell youhace mal tiempo en verano, y no te digo nada en invierno … in summer the weather's bad, and as for the winter …¡no me digas que no es precioso! isn't it beautiful?a lo mejor te ofrecen el puesto ¿quién te dice? (CS); you never know, they might offer you the jobme resultó ¿cómo te diría? … violento I found it … how shall I put it? o I don't know … rather embarrassing¡ya me dirás qué le cuesta escribirnos una carta! I mean, surely it's not too much trouble for him to write us a letterno te creas todo lo que te dicen don't believe everything people tell you o everything you heardime con quién andas y te diré quién eres you can judge a man by the company he keepsC1(transmitiendo órdenes, deseos, advertencias): ¡porque lo digo yo! because I say so!a mí nadie me dice lo que tengo que hacer nobody tells me what to doharás lo que yo diga you'll do as I saymanda decir mi mamá que si le puede prestar el martillo ( AmL); mom says can she borrow your hammer?Fernando pregunta si puede venir con nosotros — dile que sí Fernando wants to know if he can come with us — yes, tell him he can o say yesdecir QUE + SUBJ:dice papá que vayas Dad wants youdice que llames cuando llegues she says (you are) to phone when you get theredijo que tuviéramos cuidado she said to be careful, she said we should be carefuldecirle a algn QUE + SUBJ to tell sb to + INFdiles que empiecen tell them to startle dije que no lo hiciera I told him not to do itnos dijeron que esperáramos they told us o we were told to waitte digo que vengas aquí enseguida I said, come here at once2decir adiós to say goodbyevino a decirme adiós she came to say goodbye (to me)di adiós a tu vida de estudiante that's the end of your student days, you'd better say goodbye to your student days¿se lo prestaste? ¡ya le puedes decir adiós! you mean you lent it to him? well, you can kiss that goodbye! ( colloq)D (por escrito) to say¿qué dice aquí? what does it say here?el diario no dice nada sobre el asunto there's nothing in the paper about itE (llamar) to callle dicen `Dumbo' por las orejas they call him `Dumbo' because of his earsse llama Rosario pero le dicen Charo her name is Rosario but people call her Charono me digas de usted there's no need to call me `usted'F(sugerir, comunicar): la forma de vestir dice mucho de una persona the way someone dresses says a lot o tells you a lot about themel tiempo lo dirá time will tellpor afuera la casa no dice nada the house doesn't look much from the outsideel poema no me dice nada the poem doesn't do anything for mealgo me decía que no iba a ser fácil something told me it wasn't going to be easy¿te dice algo ese nombre? does that name mean anything to you?la tarta estaba diciendo cómeme the cake was just asking to be eatenGdecir misa to say massH1querer decir to mean¿qué quiere decir esta palabra? what does this word mean?¿qué quieres decir con eso? what do you mean by that?no entendiste lo que quise decir you didn't understand what I meant¿quieres decir que ya no te interesa? do you mean (to say) that you're no longer interested?sólo quería decirte que … I just wanted to say that …2digo (al rectificar) I meanel presupuesto asciende a diez mil, digo cien mil de euros we have a budget of ten thousand, (sorry,) I mean a hundred thousand eurosI (opinar, pensar) to think¿y los padres qué dicen? what do her parents think of it?, how do her parents feel about it?podríamos ir mañana ¿tú qué dices? we could go tomorrow, what do you think?¡quién lo hubiera dicho! who would have thought o believed it?podría haber mencionado al resto del equipo, vamos, digo yo … he could have mentioned the rest of the team … well I'd have thought so, anywayhabría que regalarle algo, no sé, digo yo we ought to buy her a present, well, I think so anywayes muy fácil — si tú lo dices … it's very easy — if you say so …J ( en locuciones):a decir verdad to tell you the truth, to be honestcomo quien dice so to speakel nuevo tren está, como quien dice, a la vuelta de la esquina the new train is, so to speak o to coin a phrase, just around the cornerla granja es, como quien dice, la razón de su vida I suppose you could say the farm is his whole reason for livingcon decirte que: no me lo perdonó nunca, con decirte que ni me saluda … he's never forgiven me, he won't even say hello to medecir por decir: lo dijo por decir he didn't really mean it¡digo! ( Esp fam): ¡qué calor hace! — ¡digo! it's so hot! — you can say that again o I'll say! ( colloq)es decir that ismi cuñada, es decir la mujer de Rafael my sister-in-law, Rafael's wife that isno sé si voy a poder ir — es decir que no vas a ir I don't know if I'll be able to go — you mean you're not goinges mucho decir: es la mejor película del año — eso ya es mucho decir it's the best movie of the year — I wouldn't go that far¡he dicho! that's that!, that's final!lo mismo digo: mucho gusto en conocerle — lo mismo digo pleased to meet you — pleased to meet you o likewise¡qué alegría verte! — lo mismo digo it's great to see you! — and you o you too¡no me digas! no!, you're kidding o joking! ( colloq)¿sabes que se casa Lola? — ¡no me digas! do you know Lola's getting married? — no! o you're joking! o really? o never!por así decirlo so to speakes, por así decirlo, el alma-máter de la empresa he is, so to speak o as it were, the driving force behind the companyque digamos: no es muy inteligente que digamos he's not exactly o he's hardly what you'd call intelligent¿qué me dices?: saqué el primer puesto ¿qué me dices? I came first, how about that then?¿y qué me dices de lo de Carlos? and what about Carlos then?¿sabes que lo van a derribar? — ¿qué me dices? do you know they're going to demolish it? — what? o you're kidding!¡que no se diga! shame on you!¿te ganó un niño de seis años? ¡que no se diga! you were beaten by a six-year-old child? shame on you!¡que no se diga que no somos capaces! I don't want people saying that we can't do itse dice pronto no lesscostó $20.000 ¡se dice pronto! it cost $20,000, which is no mean sumlleva dos meses enferma, que se dice pronto she has been ill for two months, and that's a long time¡y que lo digas! ( Esp); you can say that again!, you're telling me!, don't I know it!y (ya) no digamos or ( AmL) y no se diga: le cuestan mucho las matemáticas y no digamos la física he finds mathematics very difficult, and as for physics …el/la que te dije ( fam hum); you-know-whoel qué dirán ( fam): siempre le ha importado el qué dirán she's always been worried what other people (might) think¿por qué te preocupa tanto el qué dirán? why do you worry about what people will o might say?■ decirviA1(invitando a hablar): papá — dime, hijo dad — yes, son?tome asiento — gracias — usted dirá ( frml); take a seat — thank you — now, what can I do for you?2Bdecir bien/mal de algn/algo: sus trabajos dicen bien de él his work has created a good impressionla manera en que se comportó no dice muy bien de él the way he behaved doesn't show him in a very good light o doesn't say very much for him■ decirse1 ( reflexivo) to say to oneselfse dijo que no lo volvería a hacer he said to himself o he told himself that he wouldn't do it againme dije para mis adentros que allí había gato encerrado I said o thought to myself, there's something fishy going on here2 ( recíproco) to say to each otherse decían secretos al oído they were whispering secrets to each otherse dijeron de todo they called each other every name under the sun3 ( enf):tú hazme caso que yo sé lo que me digo you listen to me, I know what I'm talking aboutno sé para qué me preguntas, si tú te lo dices todo I don't know why you're asking me, you seem to have all the answers* * *
decir 1 sustantivo masculino:◊ ¿cientos de personas? — bueno, es un decir hundreds of people? — well, figuratively speaking
decir 2 ( conjugate decir) verbo transitivo
1
‹mentira/verdad› to tell;
para ejemplos con complemento indirecto ver división 2
¿eso lo dices por mí? are you referring to me?;
¡no lo dirás en serio! you can't be serious!;
dijo que sí con la cabeza he nodded;
no se dice `andé', se dice `anduve' it isn't `andé', it's `anduve';
¡eso no se dice! you mustn't say that!;
¿cómo se dice `amor' en ruso? how do you say `love' in Russian?;
¿lo encontró? — dice que sí/no did he find it? — he says he did/he didn'tb)
2 decirle algo a algn to tell sb sth;◊ voy a decirle a papá que … I'm going to tell Dad …;
¡ya te lo decía yo! I told you so!
3a) (expresando órdenes, deseos, advertencias):◊ ¡porque lo digo yo! because I say so!;
harás lo que yo diga you'll do as I say;
dice que llames cuando llegues she says (you are) to phone when you get there;
dijo que tuviéramos cuidado she said to be careful;
diles que empiecen tell them to start;
le dije que no lo hiciera I told him not to do itb)
4
◊ ¿y los padres qué dicen? what do her parents think of it?, how do her parents feel about it?;
¡quién lo hubiera dicho! who would have thought o believed it?;
es muy fácil — si tú lo dices … it's very easy — if you say so …b) (sugerir, comunicar):
¿te dice algo ese nombre? does that name mean anything to you?
5
¿qué quieres decir con eso? what do you mean by that?
6 ( en locs)
como quien dice so to speak;
es decir that is;
¡he dicho! that's that o final!;
ni que decir tiene que … it goes without saying that …;
¡no me digas! no!, you're kidding o joking! (colloq);
por así decirlo so to speak;
el qué dirán (fam) what other people (might) think;
ver tb dicho 1
verbo intransitivoa) ( invitando a hablar):
quería pedirle un favor — usted dirá I wanted to ask you a favor — certainly, go ahead
decirse verbo pronominal
decir
I m (dicho, sentencia) saying: es sólo un decir, it's just a manner of speaking
II verbo transitivo
1 to say: está diciendo una mentira/la verdad, she's telling a lie/the truth
no dijo nada, he said nothing
2 (con complemento indirecto) to tell: no le dije mi opinión, I didn't tell him my opinion
les dijo que esperaran un rato, she told them to wait for a while
3 (opinar, afirmar, proponer) ¿qué me dices de mi nuevo corte de pelo?, what do you think of my new haircut?, te digo que es una extravagancia, I think it's quite weird
yo digo que vayamos a Cuenca, I suggest going to Cuenca
4 (suscitar interés, una idea) to mean, appeal: ese libro no me dice nada, that book doesn't appeal to me
¿le dice algo esta cara?, does this face mean anything to you?
5 (mostrar, indicar) to say, show: lo que hizo dice mucho en su favor, what he did says a lot for him
su cara de decepción lo dice todo, his long face says it all
♦ Locuciones: Tel Esp diga o dígame, hello?
digamos, let's say
digo yo, in my opinion
el qué dirán, what people will say
es decir, that is (to say)
ni que decir tiene, needless to say
no decir esta boca es mía, not to say a word
¡no me digas!, really!
por así decirlo, as it were o so to speak
querer decir, to mean
¡y que lo digas!, you bet! ➣ Ver nota en mean
¿To tell o to say?
Observa que to tell menciona a la persona a la cual va dirigida una frase: Dime tu nombre. Tell me your name. Les dijo que se fueran. He told them to go away.
Por el contrario, to say se centra en el contenido del mensaje, sin importarnos a quién va dirigido: ¿Qué has dicho? What did you say? Dijo que sí. He said yes. ➣ Ver nota en tell.
' decir' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- amén
- amohinarse
- año
- apéndice
- atinar
- bala
- barbaridad
- bastante
- burrada
- callar
- chorrada
- colmo
- comenzar
- confiar
- cosa
- declarar
- delirar
- descargo
- despedirse
- dilucidar
- disparate
- entender
- excusada
- excusado
- flexible
- fluir
- ir
- haber
- hablar
- holgar
- honestamente
- hoy
- lengua
- maravilla
- mu
- nada
- obviedad
- pelagatos
- pío
- precisamente
- puño
- querer
- rezar
- restar
- rey
- saciedad
- señor
- significar
- soltar
English:
ablaze
- abuse
- afraid
- anything
- bid
- bite back
- blurt out
- buzz off
- caller
- clear off
- dash off
- devil
- dinner
- distinctly
- drone
- enjoy
- eventual
- ever
- few
- flatter
- flounder
- fortune
- gasp out
- get
- get at
- go
- go on
- hand
- heart
- hotly
- i.e.
- keep in
- know
- lip
- loss
- mean
- mention
- mildly
- mind
- miserably
- mouth
- move
- need
- needless
- neither
- no
- nonsense
- O
- occasion
- oops!
* * *♦ vt1. [en general] to say;siempre digo lo que pienso I always say what I think;es muy callado, nunca dice nada he's very quiet, he never says anything o a word;¿qué dice la etiqueta? what does the label say?;no digas tonterías don't talk nonsense;no digas tacos delante de los niños don't swear in front of the children;lo dijo en broma she meant it as a joke;¿quién te lo ha dicho? who told you that?;me da igual lo que diga la gente I don't care what people say;al decir esto, se marchó with these words o with that, he left;no sabía qué decir I didn't know what to say, I was lost for words;decir que sí/no to say yes/no;dice que no viene she says (that) she's not coming;como dice el refrán,… as the saying goes,…;dicen que va a ser un verano muy seco they say it's going to be a very dry summer;¡díjolo Blas, punto redondo! sure, whatever!, yes, sure!;donde dije digo, digo Diego: ayer dijiste que me lo dejarías – sí, pero no puedo – ya, donde dije digo, digo Diego yesterday you told me you'd lend it to me – yes, but I can't now – you're always saying one thing one minute and another the next2. [contar] to tell;se lo voy a decir a la profesora I'm going to tell the teacher;no se lo digas a nadie don't breathe a word of it to anyone;¿qué quieres que te diga? what do you want me to say?, what can I say?;ya te lo había dicho yo, es demasiado caro I told you it's too expensive;decir la verdad to tell the truth;decir mentiras to tell lies;pregunta si le dejas salir – dile que sí/no she wants to know if she can go out – tell her she can/can't;quiere saber si hemos terminado – dile que sí/no he wants to know if we've finished – tell him we have/haven't;dile que estoy ocupado tell him I'm busy;dígame lo que pasó tell me what happened;eso no es lo que me dijo a mí that's not what she told me;tengo que hacerte una pregunta – dime I need to ask you a question – go ahead;dígame en qué puedo ayudarle what can I do for you?3. [ordenar] to tell;la ley dice que es obligatorio el uso del casco according to the law, it is compulsory to wear a crash helmet, the law says that it is compulsory to wear a crash helmet;decir a alguien que haga algo to tell sb to do sth;haz lo que te digan y no protestes do as you're told and don't complain;dile que venga tell her to come;nos dijeron que nos fuéramos they told us to go away;lo vas a hacer porque lo digo yo you'll do it because I say so4. [recitar] [de memoria] to recite;[leyendo] to read5. [revelar] to tell, to show;eso lo dice todo that says it all;decir mucho (en favor) de to say a lot for;sus ropas dicen bastante sobre su situación económica her clothes say a lot about her financial situation;su violenta reacción dice mucho sobre su personalidad his violent reaction tells us o reveals a lot about his personality6. [llamar] to call;me dicen Paco they call me Paco;le dicen la carretera de la muerte they call it the road of death7. [asegurar] to tell, to assure;te digo que ella no está mintiendo I tell you o assure you (that) she isn't lying;dice que llegará mañana sin falta she says (that) she'll definitely arrive tomorrow8. [en frases]a decir verdad, no me apetece nada ir a la boda to tell (you) the truth o to be honest, I don't really feel like going to the wedding;como quien no dice nada as if it were nothing;olvídalo, como si no hubiera dicho nada forget I ever mentioned it;con decirte que me marché a los diez minutos, te puedes imaginar como fue la fiesta if I tell you that I left after ten minutes, you can imagine what the party was like;cualquiera diría que no le dan de comer en casa anyone would o you'd think she never gets fed at home;decir para sí to say to oneself;decir por decir to talk for the sake of talking;no te lo tomes en serio, lo dijo por decir don't take it seriously, she didn't really mean it;decirle a alguien cuatro verdades to tell sb a few home truths;es decir that is, that's to say;aracnofobia, es decir miedo a las arañas arachnophobia, that is o that's to say, fear of spiders;tengo otra cita – es decir, que no vendrás a la inauguración I've got another engagement – you mean o in other words you're not coming to the opening ceremony;encantado de conocerte – lo mismo digo pleased to meet you – likewise;tu primer examen estaba muy mal, y lo mismo digo del segundo you did very poorly in your first exam, and the same goes for the second one;ni que decir tiene needless to say;¿sabías que Santiago se ha casado? – ¡no me digas! did you know that Santiago got married? – no! o never!;¡no me digas que no te gusta! don't tell me you don't like it!;el tenis/este cuadro no me dice nada tennis/this picture doesn't do anything for me;no hay más que decir that's all there is to it, that's that;(o) mejor dicho or rather;por más que digas, no le veo nada especial a esta ciudad whatever you say, I don't see what's so special about this city;por decirlo así, por así decirlo in other words, so to speak;RP Fam¿qué decís? how are you doing?, how are things?;preocuparse por el qué dirán to worry about what people will say;no está lloviendo mucho que digamos it's not exactly raining hard;él no es muy inteligente que digamos he isn't what you'd call intelligent;ha sufrido un infarto – ¡qué me dices! she's had a heart attack – no! o surely not!;¡quién lo diría! tan rico y sin embargo tan humilde who would have thought it, such a rich person and yet so humble!;tardarán en construirlo cinco años, ¡se dice pronto! they're going to take five years, no less, to build it!;yo lo hago en cinco minutos – eso se dice pronto, no sabes lo difícil que es I'll have it done in five minutes – that's easily said, you've no idea how difficult it is;si tú lo dices if you say so;¡tú lo has dicho! you said it!;Esp¡y que lo digas! you can say that again!;no le gusta el pescado y no digamos el pollo she doesn't like fish, to say nothing of chicken♦ vicomo quien dice, como si dijéramos so to speak;es, como si dijéramos, una mezcla de danza y teatro it's a sort of mixture of dance and theatre;es, como quien dice, el alma de la empresa he is, so to speak, the soul of the company;Esp¿diga?, ¿dígame? [al teléfono] hello?;Fam¡digo! [¡ya lo creo!] of course!;[¡madre mía!] I say!;tenemos muchas ganas de ir de vacaciones, y nuestros hijos, no digamos we can't wait to go on holiday, and as for our children…* * *<part dicho>I v/t1 say; ( contar) tell;decir misa say mass;decir que sí say yes;decir que no say no;se dice que … they say that …, it’s said that …;diga lo que diga whatever he says;¿qué quieres que te diga? what do you expect me to say?;para sí say to o.s.:querer decir mean;es decir in other words;dar que decir set people talking;ni que decir tiene (que) it goes without saying (that);por así decirlo so to speak;ya es decir that’s saying something;que ya es decir which is really something;es mucho decir that’s saying a lot:¡quién hubiera dicho que María se iba casar! who would have thought that Maria would get married!;dicho y hecho no sooner said than done;mejor dicho or rather;dicho sea de paso incidentally;está dicho, lo dicho as I have already said4:no es rico, que digamos let’s say he’s not rich;¡no me digas! you’re kidding!;¡dímelo a mí! tell me about it!, you’re telling me!;como quien dice so to speak;y que lo digas you bet;¿y qué me dices de …? so what do you think of …?;usted dirá how can I help you?;ya decía yo que iba a acabar mal I knew it would end badly;¡quién lo diría! who would believe it!;¡cualquiera diría que tiene setenta años! who would have thought he was seventy!, you wouldn’t think o believe he was seventy!II v/i:¡diga!, ¡dígame! EspTELEC helloIII m saying;es un decir it’s just a figure of speech* * *decir {23} vt1) : to saydice que no quiere ir: she says she doesn't want to go2) : to telldime lo que estás pensando: tell me what you're thinking3) : to speak, to talkno digas tonterías: don't talk nonsense4) : to callme dicen Rosy: they call me Rosy5)es decir : that is to say6)querer decir : to mean* * *decir1 n sayingdecir2 vb¿qué ha dicho? what did he say?¿cómo se dice "biblioteca" en inglés? how do you say "biblioteca" in English?3. (para dar órdenes) to tell4. (llamar) to callle dicen "Chapi" people call him "Chapi"es decir that is / that is to say -
25 cariño
intj.darling, baby, honey, my dear.m.affection, love, attachment, tenderness.pres.indicat.1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: cariñar.* * *1 (amor) love, affection2 (esmero) loving care3 (apelativo) darling, love, US honey■ ¿pasa algo, cariño? what's the matter, darling?4 figurado (expresión) caress, hug, kiss, cuddle1 (recuerdos, saludos) love sing\coger/tomar cariño a alguien/algo to grow fond of somebody/something'Con todo cariño' (en una carta) "Lots of love"* * *noun m.1) affection, love2) honey, darling, sweet* * *SM1) (=afecto) love, affectiondemostró mucho cariño por sus hijas — he showed great love o affection for his daughters
•
coger cariño a algn/algo — to grow o become fond of sb/sth, become attached to sb/sth•
con cariño, trata a sus plantas con mucho cariño — she takes loving care of her plantslo recuerdo con cariño — I have fond memories of it, I remember it with great affection
con cariño, Luis — [en carta] love (from) Luis
•
dar cariño a algn — to be affectionate to sb•
sentir cariño por algn — to be fond of sb, like sb•
tener cariño a algn/algo — to be fond of sb/sth, like sb/sth•
tomar cariño a algn/algo — to grow o become fond of sb/sth, become attached to sb/sth2) [apelativo] darling, honey *ven aquí, cariño — come here darling
3) (=caricia)dar o hacer (un) cariño a algn — to caress sb, stroke sb
4) LAm (=regalo) gift, token (of affection)5) pl cariños (=saludos) love* * *a) ( afecto) affectionsiento muchísimo cariño por ella — I have a great affection o fondness for her, I am very fond of her
cariños por tu casa/a tu mujer — (AmL) (send my) love to your family/your wife
cariños, Beatriz — ( en cartas) (AmL) love, Beatriz
como sea su cariño — (Chi fam) whatever you can spare
b) ( caricia)la pareja se hacía cariño — (AmL) the couple were having a little cuddle (o a hug and a kiss etc)
c) ( como apelativo) dear, honey, love (BrE)no llores cariño — don't cry, dear
* * *= affection, warmth, fondness, tenderness, caring, honey, attachment.Ex. These he bound up in three volumes, and on the fly leaf of the first volume wrote 'I have always retained a kind of affection for little story books, as they recall muy early days'.Ex. The spark of warmth had emboldened her.Ex. It may sound trite, but it is indeed gratifying to know that one has made a difference in somebody's life and is remembered with fondness = Puede sonar poco novedoso, aunque de hecho es gratificante saber que uno ha sido importante en la vida de alguien y que se le recuerda con cariño.Ex. In addition to its weirdness, vitriol, and zaniness, the volume is characterized by solid good sense with an undertone of genuinely elegiac tenderness.Ex. Parents can show warmth and caring by hugging their children and reassuring them of parental love and concern for their welfare.Ex. The article ' Honey, I shrunk the kids' market' examines the mysterious decline in the profitability of the UK children's book market.Ex. Librarians have affirmed their attachment to freedom of expression.----* coger cariño a = grow + fond of.* con cariño = fondly, affectionately.* ganarse el cariño = endear.* granjearse el cariño = endear.* guardar con mucho cariño = treasure.* recordado con cariño = fondly remembered.* tomar cariño a = grow + fond of.* * *a) ( afecto) affectionsiento muchísimo cariño por ella — I have a great affection o fondness for her, I am very fond of her
cariños por tu casa/a tu mujer — (AmL) (send my) love to your family/your wife
cariños, Beatriz — ( en cartas) (AmL) love, Beatriz
como sea su cariño — (Chi fam) whatever you can spare
b) ( caricia)la pareja se hacía cariño — (AmL) the couple were having a little cuddle (o a hug and a kiss etc)
c) ( como apelativo) dear, honey, love (BrE)no llores cariño — don't cry, dear
* * *= affection, warmth, fondness, tenderness, caring, honey, attachment.Ex: These he bound up in three volumes, and on the fly leaf of the first volume wrote 'I have always retained a kind of affection for little story books, as they recall muy early days'.
Ex: The spark of warmth had emboldened her.Ex: It may sound trite, but it is indeed gratifying to know that one has made a difference in somebody's life and is remembered with fondness = Puede sonar poco novedoso, aunque de hecho es gratificante saber que uno ha sido importante en la vida de alguien y que se le recuerda con cariño.Ex: In addition to its weirdness, vitriol, and zaniness, the volume is characterized by solid good sense with an undertone of genuinely elegiac tenderness.Ex: Parents can show warmth and caring by hugging their children and reassuring them of parental love and concern for their welfare.Ex: The article ' Honey, I shrunk the kids' market' examines the mysterious decline in the profitability of the UK children's book market.Ex: Librarians have affirmed their attachment to freedom of expression.* coger cariño a = grow + fond of.* con cariño = fondly, affectionately.* ganarse el cariño = endear.* granjearse el cariño = endear.* guardar con mucho cariño = treasure.* recordado con cariño = fondly remembered.* tomar cariño a = grow + fond of.* * *A1(afecto): le tengo mucho cariño a este anillo I'm very fond of o attached to this ringsiento muchísimo cariño por ella I have a great affection o fondness for her, I am very fond of herte ha tomado mucho cariño he's become very fond of youte lo presto, pero trátalo con cariño I'll lend it to you, but take good care of itcuando la veas dale mis cariños give her my love when you see hercariños por tu casa/a tu mujer ( AmL); (send my) love to your family/your wifeniños sedientos de cariño children starved of affectioncariños, Beatriz (en cartas) ( esp AmL); love, Beatriz2no pierden la ocasión de hacerse cariño they never miss a chance to have a little cuddle ( o a hug and a kiss etc)3 (como apelativo) dear, honey, love ( BrE)no llores cariño don't cry, dearB* * *
cariño sustantivo masculino
te ha tomado mucho cariño he's become very fond of you;
cariños por tu casa/a tu mujer (AmL) (send my) love to your family/your wife;
cariños, Beatriz ( en cartas) (AmL) love, Beatrizb) ( caricia):
cariño sustantivo masculino
1 (afecto) affection: siento mucho cariño por este disco, I'm very fond of this record
(amor, dulzura) abrazó a su hija con mucho cariño, he hugged his daughter tenderly
(cuidado) care: tráteme el coche con cariño, be careful with my car
2 (querido) darling: ten cuidado al cruzar la calle, cariño, look both ways when you cross the street, darling
3 (gesto de amor) cuddle
' cariño' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
acoger
- calor
- estimar
- inclinación
- mimar
- mimo
- privación
- tener
- afecto
- agarrar
- auténtico
- carente
- coger
- exagerado
- faltar
- paterno
- profesar
- reconquistar
- tomar
English:
affection
- attached
- attachment
- care for
- cotton
- dear
- fond
- fondly
- fondness
- gently
- honey
- liking
- love
- show
- sneaking
- sweetheart
- take to
- care
- darling
- endear
- endearment
- lovingly
- to
* * *cariño nm1. [afecto] affection;una demostración de cariño a display of affection;habla con mucho cariño de sus padres she speaks very fondly of her parents;se le recuerda con cariño he is remembered fondly o with affection;tratar algo con cariño to treat sth with loving care;tener cariño a to be fond of;tomar cariño a to grow fond of2. [muestra de afecto] sign of affection;le hizo unos cariños a los niños he kissed/cuddled the children3. [cuidado] loving care4. [apelativo] dear, love, US honey5. CAm, Chile [regalo] gift* * *m1 affection, fondness;con cariño with love;tener cariño a alguien be fond of s.o.;tomar cariño a become fond of2:3:¡cariño! darling!4 Rpl:* * *cariño nmafecto: affection, love* * *cariño n1. (afecto) affection / love2. (esmero) loving care3. (apelativo) darling / sweetheart¡hola, cariño! hello, darling! -
26 נשא
נָשָׂא(b. h.; cmp. נָסָה) 1) to lift up, carry. Sot.35a נ׳ ארין את נוֹשְׂאָיו the Ark carried its carriers. Ab.ch.VI נוֹשֵׂא בעולוכ׳ helps his brother to bear his yoke. Ber.III, 1 נוֹשְׂאֵי המטה, v. מִטָּה. Meg.9a (one of the changes in translating the Bible into Greek) נוֹשֵׂא בני אדם a carrier of men (for חֲמֹר, Ex. 4:20); a. v. fr.Pesik. R. s. 6 אני מרומם ונושא את ראשם I will raise and elevate their head; v. infra.נ׳ כפים, v. בַּף.נ׳ פנים to lift up the face, to respect, favor, spare, be partial. Ḥag.14a (expl. נשוא פנים, Is. 3:3) זה שנוֹשְׂאִין פ׳ לדורו בעבורו he for whose sake his generation is favored in heaven. Sabb.13b שלא נ׳ פ׳ לתורה who spared him not for the sake of his scholarship. Yoma 87a שנָשְׂאוּ לו פ׳ בעה״ז that indulgence was shown him (by the Lord) in this world. Num. R. s. 11 לא אֶשָּׂא פ׳ מפניך shall I not favor thee for thy own sake? Ib. כשם שהם נוֹשְׂאִין ליוכ׳ as they (the Israelites) honor me (by saying grace even after a scanty meal), so do I favor them; a. fr.נ׳ נפש אל to lift up the soul to, to long for. Midr. Till. to Ps. 25:1 למה אתה נושא נפשך אלי why dost thou lift up thy soul to me (why dost thou depend on me)?; Yalk. ib. 701.נ׳ קרבן to offer up a sacrifice. Ib. 702 אדם חוטא ונושא ק׳ if a man sinned, he offered ; Midr. Till. l. c. נושא ומביא ק׳ (corr. acc.)Part. pass. נָשׂוּא, f. נְשׂוּאָה Ib. עכשו … הרי נפשנו נ׳ לך now that we have no sacrifloes, our soul is lifted up to thee. 2) to lift, remove. Pesik. R. l. c. (ref. to the double meaning of נ׳, to raise a. to remove) לכו שְׂאוּ את ראשו go and remove (or lift up) his head; a. fr.נ׳ עון to forgive. Y.Snh.X, beg., 27c (ref. to Ex. 34:7) נושא עוונות איןוכ׳ the text does not say, ‘removing iniquities, but ‘removing iniquity, the Lord takes away (from the scales) one bond of mans sins, and the merits prevail ; Y.Peah I, 16b bot. (corr. acc.); Yalk. Ex. 400; v. שְׁטַר. Pesik. R. s. 45; a. e. 3) to take, esp. נ׳ ונתן to take and give, to deal; to transact, argue. Sabb.31a נָשָׂאתָ ונתת באמונה hast thou (while on earth) been dealing honestly? B. Mets.48a הנושא ונותן בדברים he who concludes a bargain verbally. Tanḥ. Shmoth 18 כשם שנושאין ונותנין בהלכהוכ׳ as well as they debate on the law below, so do they above. Ib. שנושאין ונותנין בדיןוכ׳ they argue in court, and the Lord argues with them; a. fr. 4) נ׳ אשה, or נ׳ to take a wife into ones house, to marry. Keth.II, 1 בתולה נְשָׂאתַנִי thou hast married me as a virgin; אלמנה נְשָׂאתִיךְ I married thee as a widow. Yeb.37b לא יִשָּׂא אדםוכ׳ one may not marry in one country and go away M. Kat. I, 7 אין נושאין נשיםוכ׳ no marriages may take place during the festive week; a. v. fr.Part. pass. נָשׂוּי (followed by accus.) having married; f. נְשׂוּאָה (followed by ל) being married to; pl. נְשׂוּאִים, … אִין; נְשׂוּאוֹת. Yeb.III, 6 ואחד נ׳ נכרית one of them has married a stranger. Ib. ומתו הנ׳ את האחיות and those brothers who had married two sisters died. Ib. I, 2 (2b) היתה … נשואה לאחיו Y. ed. (Mish. ed. נשואת, corr. acc.; Bab. ed. נשואות) if his daughter or … was married to ; a. fr.Tosef. ib. VI, 5 נָשׂאוּי. Nif. נִישָּׂא 1) to be lifted up, removed Pesik. R. l. c. כבר … שיִנָּשְׂאוּ את ראשםוכ׳ it had been decreed that their head should be lifted (v. supra): turn its meaning and elevate their head. 2) f. נִישֵּׂאת, נִשֵּׂ׳, נִישֵּׂת, נִיסֵּת to be married. Keth.I, 1 בתולה נ׳וכ׳ a virgins marriage takes place on the fourth day of the week. Ib. V, 2 הגיע … ולא נִשְּׂאוּ if the time set for marriage expired and they were not taken in marriage. Yeb.II, 10 מותרות לִינָּשֵׂא להם they may marry them. Ib. 88b הרי זו לא תִנָּשֵׂא ואם ניסתוכ׳ she must not marry again, and if she does ; Keth.22b; a. v. fr. Hif. הִשִּׂיא 1) to lift up, to announce by signals (the New Moon). R. Hash. II, 2, a. e. מַשִּׂיאִין, v. מַשּׂוּאָה. Y. ib. II, 58a top אין משיאין לילי זמנו we do not raise signals in the night of the regular New Moon (from the 29th> to the 30th>) ; a. fr.Tosef. ib. II , 2 מַסִּיעִין את החדש ed. Zuck. (משיא׳ על, מסיא׳) we signalize the New Moon. 2) to transfer. Deut. R. s. 11 (ref. to ישא, Ps. 24:5) יַשִּׂיא ברכה לאחרים he will bring blessing upon others. 3) to move, remove, pass. Bets.III, 7 מַשִּׂיאָהּ על גבי חברתה he may pass one knife over the other (to whet it). Tosef.Par.X (IX), 3 הִשִּׂיאוֹ לדבר אחר he diverted his mind to wards another subject; Ab. Zar. II, 5. Y. ib. II, 41c bot. היה לו להַשִּׂיאוֹוכ׳, v. הֶשֵּׂיאָה. 4) to transfer, transcribe, translate. Tosef.Sot.VIII, 6 הִשִּׂיאוּ את הכתבוכ׳ they transcribed the inscription on the stones in seventy languages; Sot.35b; Y. ib. VII, 21d bot. 5) to give away in marriage; to cause to marry. Keth.111b כל המַשִּׂיא בתווכ׳ he who marries his daughter to a scholar. Ib. 67b top מַשִּׂיאִין את היתומהוכ׳ we must first help the fatherless maiden to marry, and then the fatherless lad. Kidd.29a האב חייב … ולהַשִּׂיאוֹ אשה a father is bound to …, and to provide a wife for him; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְנַשֵּׂא to be raised; to exalt ones self, to boast. Ab. Zar.44a, v. הָלַם. Ber.63b להִתְנַשֵּׂא, v. נָבַל; a. e. -
27 נָשָׂא
נָשָׂא(b. h.; cmp. נָסָה) 1) to lift up, carry. Sot.35a נ׳ ארין את נוֹשְׂאָיו the Ark carried its carriers. Ab.ch.VI נוֹשֵׂא בעולוכ׳ helps his brother to bear his yoke. Ber.III, 1 נוֹשְׂאֵי המטה, v. מִטָּה. Meg.9a (one of the changes in translating the Bible into Greek) נוֹשֵׂא בני אדם a carrier of men (for חֲמֹר, Ex. 4:20); a. v. fr.Pesik. R. s. 6 אני מרומם ונושא את ראשם I will raise and elevate their head; v. infra.נ׳ כפים, v. בַּף.נ׳ פנים to lift up the face, to respect, favor, spare, be partial. Ḥag.14a (expl. נשוא פנים, Is. 3:3) זה שנוֹשְׂאִין פ׳ לדורו בעבורו he for whose sake his generation is favored in heaven. Sabb.13b שלא נ׳ פ׳ לתורה who spared him not for the sake of his scholarship. Yoma 87a שנָשְׂאוּ לו פ׳ בעה״ז that indulgence was shown him (by the Lord) in this world. Num. R. s. 11 לא אֶשָּׂא פ׳ מפניך shall I not favor thee for thy own sake? Ib. כשם שהם נוֹשְׂאִין ליוכ׳ as they (the Israelites) honor me (by saying grace even after a scanty meal), so do I favor them; a. fr.נ׳ נפש אל to lift up the soul to, to long for. Midr. Till. to Ps. 25:1 למה אתה נושא נפשך אלי why dost thou lift up thy soul to me (why dost thou depend on me)?; Yalk. ib. 701.נ׳ קרבן to offer up a sacrifice. Ib. 702 אדם חוטא ונושא ק׳ if a man sinned, he offered ; Midr. Till. l. c. נושא ומביא ק׳ (corr. acc.)Part. pass. נָשׂוּא, f. נְשׂוּאָה Ib. עכשו … הרי נפשנו נ׳ לך now that we have no sacrifloes, our soul is lifted up to thee. 2) to lift, remove. Pesik. R. l. c. (ref. to the double meaning of נ׳, to raise a. to remove) לכו שְׂאוּ את ראשו go and remove (or lift up) his head; a. fr.נ׳ עון to forgive. Y.Snh.X, beg., 27c (ref. to Ex. 34:7) נושא עוונות איןוכ׳ the text does not say, ‘removing iniquities, but ‘removing iniquity, the Lord takes away (from the scales) one bond of mans sins, and the merits prevail ; Y.Peah I, 16b bot. (corr. acc.); Yalk. Ex. 400; v. שְׁטַר. Pesik. R. s. 45; a. e. 3) to take, esp. נ׳ ונתן to take and give, to deal; to transact, argue. Sabb.31a נָשָׂאתָ ונתת באמונה hast thou (while on earth) been dealing honestly? B. Mets.48a הנושא ונותן בדברים he who concludes a bargain verbally. Tanḥ. Shmoth 18 כשם שנושאין ונותנין בהלכהוכ׳ as well as they debate on the law below, so do they above. Ib. שנושאין ונותנין בדיןוכ׳ they argue in court, and the Lord argues with them; a. fr. 4) נ׳ אשה, or נ׳ to take a wife into ones house, to marry. Keth.II, 1 בתולה נְשָׂאתַנִי thou hast married me as a virgin; אלמנה נְשָׂאתִיךְ I married thee as a widow. Yeb.37b לא יִשָּׂא אדםוכ׳ one may not marry in one country and go away M. Kat. I, 7 אין נושאין נשיםוכ׳ no marriages may take place during the festive week; a. v. fr.Part. pass. נָשׂוּי (followed by accus.) having married; f. נְשׂוּאָה (followed by ל) being married to; pl. נְשׂוּאִים, … אִין; נְשׂוּאוֹת. Yeb.III, 6 ואחד נ׳ נכרית one of them has married a stranger. Ib. ומתו הנ׳ את האחיות and those brothers who had married two sisters died. Ib. I, 2 (2b) היתה … נשואה לאחיו Y. ed. (Mish. ed. נשואת, corr. acc.; Bab. ed. נשואות) if his daughter or … was married to ; a. fr.Tosef. ib. VI, 5 נָשׂאוּי. Nif. נִישָּׂא 1) to be lifted up, removed Pesik. R. l. c. כבר … שיִנָּשְׂאוּ את ראשםוכ׳ it had been decreed that their head should be lifted (v. supra): turn its meaning and elevate their head. 2) f. נִישֵּׂאת, נִשֵּׂ׳, נִישֵּׂת, נִיסֵּת to be married. Keth.I, 1 בתולה נ׳וכ׳ a virgins marriage takes place on the fourth day of the week. Ib. V, 2 הגיע … ולא נִשְּׂאוּ if the time set for marriage expired and they were not taken in marriage. Yeb.II, 10 מותרות לִינָּשֵׂא להם they may marry them. Ib. 88b הרי זו לא תִנָּשֵׂא ואם ניסתוכ׳ she must not marry again, and if she does ; Keth.22b; a. v. fr. Hif. הִשִּׂיא 1) to lift up, to announce by signals (the New Moon). R. Hash. II, 2, a. e. מַשִּׂיאִין, v. מַשּׂוּאָה. Y. ib. II, 58a top אין משיאין לילי זמנו we do not raise signals in the night of the regular New Moon (from the 29th> to the 30th>) ; a. fr.Tosef. ib. II , 2 מַסִּיעִין את החדש ed. Zuck. (משיא׳ על, מסיא׳) we signalize the New Moon. 2) to transfer. Deut. R. s. 11 (ref. to ישא, Ps. 24:5) יַשִּׂיא ברכה לאחרים he will bring blessing upon others. 3) to move, remove, pass. Bets.III, 7 מַשִּׂיאָהּ על גבי חברתה he may pass one knife over the other (to whet it). Tosef.Par.X (IX), 3 הִשִּׂיאוֹ לדבר אחר he diverted his mind to wards another subject; Ab. Zar. II, 5. Y. ib. II, 41c bot. היה לו להַשִּׂיאוֹוכ׳, v. הֶשֵּׂיאָה. 4) to transfer, transcribe, translate. Tosef.Sot.VIII, 6 הִשִּׂיאוּ את הכתבוכ׳ they transcribed the inscription on the stones in seventy languages; Sot.35b; Y. ib. VII, 21d bot. 5) to give away in marriage; to cause to marry. Keth.111b כל המַשִּׂיא בתווכ׳ he who marries his daughter to a scholar. Ib. 67b top מַשִּׂיאִין את היתומהוכ׳ we must first help the fatherless maiden to marry, and then the fatherless lad. Kidd.29a האב חייב … ולהַשִּׂיאוֹ אשה a father is bound to …, and to provide a wife for him; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְנַשֵּׂא to be raised; to exalt ones self, to boast. Ab. Zar.44a, v. הָלַם. Ber.63b להִתְנַשֵּׂא, v. נָבַל; a. e. -
28 लोपा _lōpā _लोपामुद्रा _lōpāmudrā
लोपा लोपामुद्रा N. of a daughter of the king of Vidarbha and wife of the sage Agastya. [She is said to have been formed by the sage himself from the most beautiful parts of different animals so as to have a wife after his own heart, and then secretly intro- duced into the palace of the king of Vidarbha where she grew up as his daughter. She was afterwards married by Agastya. He was asked by her to acquire immense riches before he thought of having any con- nection with her. The sage accordingly first went to king Śrutarvan, and from him to several other persons till he went to the rich demon Ilvala and, having conquered him, got immense wealth from him and satisfisfied his wife.]Sanskrit-English dictionary > लोपा _lōpā _लोपामुद्रा _lōpāmudrā
-
29 casa
f.1 house (edificio).ser de andar por casa to be simple o basic (sencillo)echar o tirar la casa por la ventana (figurative) to spare no expenseempezar la casa por el tejado to put the cart before the horsecasa Blanca White Housecasa de campo country housecasa particular private housecasa Rosada = Argentinian presidential palace (en Argentina)casa solariega ancestral home, family seatcasa unifamiliar = house (usually detached) on an estate2 home.en casa at home¿está tu hermano en casa? is your brother at home?buscar casa to look for somewhere to livecambiarse o mudarse de casa to move (house)ir a casa to go homepásate por mi casa come round to my place3 family (familia).casa real royal family4 company (establecimiento).¡invita la casa! it's on the house!especialidad/vino de la casa house specialty/winecasa de apuestas betting shopcasa de citas brothelcasa de comidas = cheap restaurant serving simple mealscasa discográfica record companycasa de empeño pawnshop¡esto es una casa de locos! (figurative) this place is a madhouse!casa de socorro first-aid post5 home (sport).jugar en casa to play at homejugar fuera de casa to play away (from home)el equipo de casa the home team6 business.7 CASA, Summit of the Americas Welcoming Committee.pres.indicat.3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) present indicative of spanish verb: casar.* * *1 (vivienda) house2 (piso) flat3 (edificio) building4 (hogar) home5 (familia) family6 (linaje) house7 (empresa) firm, company\buscar casa to go house-huntingcaerse la casa encima figurado not to be able to stand being in the housecomo Pedro por su casa figurado as if he (she, you, etc) owned the placeechar la casa por la ventana / tirar la casa por la ventana figurado to spare no expense, push the boat outempezar la casa por el tejado figurado to put the cart before the horsehacer la casa familiar to do the houseworkjugar en casa DEPORTE to play at homellevar la casa figurado to run the houseno parar en casa to never be at homeno salir de casa not to go outpasar por casa to come round, come overponer casa to set up houseser muy de casa figurado to be home-lovingcasa de citas eufemístico brothelcasa de comidas eating housecasa de empeños pawnshopcasa de huéspedes boarding housecasa de juego gambling housecasa de modas fashion housecasa de pisos block of flatscasa de socorro first aid postcasa matriz / casa principal COMERCIO head office, central officela casa de Tócame Roque familiar bedlam* * *noun f.1) house2) home3) household4) firm, company* * *SF ABR Esp= Construcciones Aeronáuticas, S.A.* * *1)a) ( vivienda) houseb) ( hogar) homea los 18 años se fue de casa or (AmL) de la casa — she left home at 18
no está nunca en casa or (AmL) en la casa — he's never (at) home
¿estarás en casa esta tarde? — will you be at home o in this afternoon?
¿por qué no pasas por casa or (AmL) por la casa? — why don't you drop in o by?
lo invito a cenar a su casa de usted — (Méx) please come over to dinner
vivo en Lomas 38, su casa de usted — (Méx) I live at number 38 Lomas, where you will always be most welcome
le ha puesto casa a su querida — he's set his mistress up in a house (o an apartment etc)
de or para andar por casa — < vestido> for wearing around the house; <definición/terminología> crude, rough
se me/se le vino la casa encima — the bottom fell out of my/her world
como Pedro por su casa — as if you/he/she owned the place (colloq)
como una casa — (fam)
una mentira como una casa — a whopping great lie (colloq), a whopper (colloq)
echar or tirar la casa por la ventana — to push the boat out
empezar la casa por el tejado — to put the cart before the horse
en la casa de la Guayaba (Méx fam) — miles away (colloq)
ser muy de su casa — ( hogareño) to be very homeloving; ( hacendoso) to be very houseproud
en casa del herrero, cuchillo de palo — the shoemaker's son always goes barefoot
2) (Com)a) ( empresa) company, firm (BrE)b) (bar, restaurante)especialidad de la casa — house specialty (AmE), speciality of the house (BrE)
3) ( dinastía) house4)a) (Dep)b) (Jueg) home•* * *= home, house, household, townhouse [town-house], home front.Ex. It is recommended for a variety of applications, amongst which are records of suppliers, staff, household possessions and so on, and is likely to find users in both the home and business worlds.Ex. Qualifiers function as an integral part of the index terms, so that terms of the form 'Moving ( House)', 'Mergers (Industrial)' are created and used.Ex. For the two-car family, living in the countryside can present few problems, but most households are not in such an advantageous position.Ex. In comparing the residential experiences of single-family dwelling inhabitants with those living in townhouses, duplexes, & apartments, only apartment dwellers seem to experience adverse effects.Ex. The ongoing threat of terrorist attacks on North American soil and assets abroad, have brought asymmetric warfare to the home front.----* alfabetización en casa = family literacy.* ama de casa = housewife [housewives, -pl.], homemaker, housekeeper.* amo de casa = homemaker.* artículos de la casa = household goods.* asuntos de la casa, los = home affairs.* banco en casa = home banking.* barrer para casa = look after + number one, feather + Posesivo/the + nest.* bata de casa = housedress.* cambiarse de casa = move + house.* casa adosada = terrace(d) house, terrace(d) home, townhouse [town-house], semidetached house, duplex, duplex house.* casa alquilada = house let.* casa ancestral = ancestral home.* Casa Blanca, la = White House, the.* casa comercial = house.* casa consistorial = civic hall.* casa de acogida = shelter home, foster home.* casa de beneficiencia = almshouse.* casa de campo = holiday home, country residence.* casa de empeño = pawnshop, hock shop [hockshop].* casa de huéspedes = guesthouse [guest house], bed and breakfast (B&B).* casa de ladrillos de adobe = mud-brick house.* casa de la moneda = mint.* casa de la playa = beach house.* casa del guarda = lodge.* casa de locos = lunatic asylum, madhouse, bedlam.* casa de los locos = asylum, mental asylum, madhouse.* casa del párroco = parsonage house, parsonage.* casa de madera = log house, wood house.* casa de maternidad = maternity home.* casa de muñecas = doll's house.* casa de oficios = vocational school.* casa de pisos = tenement, apartment block, apartment building, apartment complex.* casa de placer = house of pleasure, house of pleasure.* casa de putas = brothel, bawdy house [bawdyhouse].* casa de té = teahouse.* casa de tres plantas = three-storeyed house.* casa de troncos de madera = log house.* casa de vacaciones = vacation home.* casa de veraneo = holiday home.* casa editorial = publishing house.* casa frecuentada por los espíritus = haunted house.* casa móvil = mobile home.* casa pareada = duplex, duplex house.* casa parroquial = parsonage house, parsonage.* casa particular = private home.* casa piloto = show home, show house.* casa prefabricada = manufactured home, prefabricated house.* casa proveedora = components supplier.* casa remolque = mobile home.* casa rural = farmhouse.* casa rústica = cottage.* casa señorial = manor house, stately home.* casa social = community house.* casa solariega = ancestral home, country house, stately home, manor house.* cine en casa = home theatre, home cinema.* cocinero de casa = home cook.* comer en casa = eat in.* como en casa = like home (away) from home.* como en casa no se está en ningún sitio = there's no place like home.* compra desde casa = armchair shopping.* confinado a la casa = housebound [house-bound].* construcción de casas = building construction.* dueño de la casa = householder.* el enemigo en casa = the enemy within.* empezar la casa por el tejado = tail wagging the dog.* en casa = in the home.* en casa de herrero cuchillo de palo = the cobbler's children run barefoot.* encontrar casa = find + a home.* encontrarse en casa = be in.* enseñanza escolar en casa = homeschooling [home schooling].* equipo de casa = home team.* equipo de casa, el = home side, the.* escolarización en casa = homeschool, homeschooling [home schooling].* escolarizar en casa = homeschool.* especialidad de la casa, la = house specialty, the.* estar en casa = be in.* esterilla de la entrada de la casa = welcome mat.* estilo de la casa = house style.* fuera de la casa = out-of-home.* hacer que Algo se haga en casa = bring + Nombre + in-house.* hecho en casa = homespun, homemade.* hora de volver a casa = curfew.* imposibilitado para salir de casa = housebound [house-bound], homebound [home-bound].* ir a casa de = make + house calls.* irse a casa = go + home.* irse de casa = leave + home.* joven que huye de su casa = runaway.* lejía de casa = household bleach.* llave de la casa = house key.* llegar a casa = get + home.* llegar tarde a casa = stay out + late.* llevar a casa = bring + home.* llevarse los problemas a casa = bring + problems home.* menú de la casa = set menu.* mudarse de casa = move + house.* para el inglés su casa es su castillo = an Englishman's home is his castle.* partido que se juega en casa = home game.* partido que se juega fuera de casa = away game.* personas confinadas a permanecer en casa por cualquier impedimento, las = housebound, the.* personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.* pisar + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.* poner la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.* poner la casa patas arriba = turn + the house upside down.* poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.* quedarse a dormir en la casa de un amigo = sleepover.* quedarse dentro de casa = stay + indoors.* quedarse en casa = stay + indoors.* quehaceres de la casa = housework.* que trabaja desde casa = home-based.* realización de los estudios escolares en casa = homeschooling [home schooling].* regresar a casa = go + home again.* regreso a casa = homecoming, journey home.* revolver toda la casa = turn + the house upside down.* ropa de casa = loungewear.* ropa de estar en casa = loungewear.* salir de casa = leave + home.* segunda casa = second home.* seguro de la casa = home insurance.* sentirse como en casa = feel + at home, feel like + home (away) from home.* tirar la casa por la ventana = lash out (on), go to + town on.* todo queda en casa = all in the family.* trabajador desde casa = homeworker.* trabajos de la casa = housework.* traer a casa = bring + back home.* vender de casa en casa = peddle.* volver a casa = go + home again.* volver la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.* volver tarde a casa = stay out + late.* vuelta a casa = homecoming, journey home.* zona para casas móviles = mobile home park, trailer park.* * *1)a) ( vivienda) houseb) ( hogar) homea los 18 años se fue de casa or (AmL) de la casa — she left home at 18
no está nunca en casa or (AmL) en la casa — he's never (at) home
¿estarás en casa esta tarde? — will you be at home o in this afternoon?
¿por qué no pasas por casa or (AmL) por la casa? — why don't you drop in o by?
lo invito a cenar a su casa de usted — (Méx) please come over to dinner
vivo en Lomas 38, su casa de usted — (Méx) I live at number 38 Lomas, where you will always be most welcome
le ha puesto casa a su querida — he's set his mistress up in a house (o an apartment etc)
de or para andar por casa — < vestido> for wearing around the house; <definición/terminología> crude, rough
se me/se le vino la casa encima — the bottom fell out of my/her world
como Pedro por su casa — as if you/he/she owned the place (colloq)
como una casa — (fam)
una mentira como una casa — a whopping great lie (colloq), a whopper (colloq)
echar or tirar la casa por la ventana — to push the boat out
empezar la casa por el tejado — to put the cart before the horse
en la casa de la Guayaba (Méx fam) — miles away (colloq)
ser muy de su casa — ( hogareño) to be very homeloving; ( hacendoso) to be very houseproud
en casa del herrero, cuchillo de palo — the shoemaker's son always goes barefoot
2) (Com)a) ( empresa) company, firm (BrE)b) (bar, restaurante)especialidad de la casa — house specialty (AmE), speciality of the house (BrE)
3) ( dinastía) house4)a) (Dep)b) (Jueg) home•* * *= home, house, household, townhouse [town-house], home front.Ex: It is recommended for a variety of applications, amongst which are records of suppliers, staff, household possessions and so on, and is likely to find users in both the home and business worlds.
Ex: Qualifiers function as an integral part of the index terms, so that terms of the form 'Moving ( House)', 'Mergers (Industrial)' are created and used.Ex: For the two-car family, living in the countryside can present few problems, but most households are not in such an advantageous position.Ex: In comparing the residential experiences of single-family dwelling inhabitants with those living in townhouses, duplexes, & apartments, only apartment dwellers seem to experience adverse effects.Ex: The ongoing threat of terrorist attacks on North American soil and assets abroad, have brought asymmetric warfare to the home front.* alfabetización en casa = family literacy.* ama de casa = housewife [housewives, -pl.], homemaker, housekeeper.* amo de casa = homemaker.* artículos de la casa = household goods.* asuntos de la casa, los = home affairs.* banco en casa = home banking.* barrer para casa = look after + number one, feather + Posesivo/the + nest.* bata de casa = housedress.* cambiarse de casa = move + house.* casa adosada = terrace(d) house, terrace(d) home, townhouse [town-house], semidetached house, duplex, duplex house.* casa alquilada = house let.* casa ancestral = ancestral home.* Casa Blanca, la = White House, the.* casa comercial = house.* casa consistorial = civic hall.* casa de acogida = shelter home, foster home.* casa de beneficiencia = almshouse.* casa de campo = holiday home, country residence.* casa de empeño = pawnshop, hock shop [hockshop].* casa de huéspedes = guesthouse [guest house], bed and breakfast (B&B).* casa de ladrillos de adobe = mud-brick house.* casa de la moneda = mint.* casa de la playa = beach house.* casa del guarda = lodge.* casa de locos = lunatic asylum, madhouse, bedlam.* casa de los locos = asylum, mental asylum, madhouse.* casa del párroco = parsonage house, parsonage.* casa de madera = log house, wood house.* casa de maternidad = maternity home.* casa de muñecas = doll's house.* casa de oficios = vocational school.* casa de pisos = tenement, apartment block, apartment building, apartment complex.* casa de placer = house of pleasure, house of pleasure.* casa de putas = brothel, bawdy house [bawdyhouse].* casa de té = teahouse.* casa de tres plantas = three-storeyed house.* casa de troncos de madera = log house.* casa de vacaciones = vacation home.* casa de veraneo = holiday home.* casa editorial = publishing house.* casa frecuentada por los espíritus = haunted house.* casa móvil = mobile home.* casa pareada = duplex, duplex house.* casa parroquial = parsonage house, parsonage.* casa particular = private home.* casa piloto = show home, show house.* casa prefabricada = manufactured home, prefabricated house.* casa proveedora = components supplier.* casa remolque = mobile home.* casa rural = farmhouse.* casa rústica = cottage.* casa señorial = manor house, stately home.* casa social = community house.* casa solariega = ancestral home, country house, stately home, manor house.* cine en casa = home theatre, home cinema.* cocinero de casa = home cook.* comer en casa = eat in.* como en casa = like home (away) from home.* como en casa no se está en ningún sitio = there's no place like home.* compra desde casa = armchair shopping.* confinado a la casa = housebound [house-bound].* construcción de casas = building construction.* dueño de la casa = householder.* el enemigo en casa = the enemy within.* empezar la casa por el tejado = tail wagging the dog.* en casa = in the home.* en casa de herrero cuchillo de palo = the cobbler's children run barefoot.* encontrar casa = find + a home.* encontrarse en casa = be in.* enseñanza escolar en casa = homeschooling [home schooling].* equipo de casa = home team.* equipo de casa, el = home side, the.* escolarización en casa = homeschool, homeschooling [home schooling].* escolarizar en casa = homeschool.* especialidad de la casa, la = house specialty, the.* estar en casa = be in.* esterilla de la entrada de la casa = welcome mat.* estilo de la casa = house style.* fuera de la casa = out-of-home.* hacer que Algo se haga en casa = bring + Nombre + in-house.* hecho en casa = homespun, homemade.* hora de volver a casa = curfew.* imposibilitado para salir de casa = housebound [house-bound], homebound [home-bound].* ir a casa de = make + house calls.* irse a casa = go + home.* irse de casa = leave + home.* joven que huye de su casa = runaway.* lejía de casa = household bleach.* llave de la casa = house key.* llegar a casa = get + home.* llegar tarde a casa = stay out + late.* llevar a casa = bring + home.* llevarse los problemas a casa = bring + problems home.* menú de la casa = set menu.* mudarse de casa = move + house.* para el inglés su casa es su castillo = an Englishman's home is his castle.* partido que se juega en casa = home game.* partido que se juega fuera de casa = away game.* personas confinadas a permanecer en casa por cualquier impedimento, las = housebound, the.* personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.* pisar + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.* poner la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.* poner la casa patas arriba = turn + the house upside down.* poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.* quedarse a dormir en la casa de un amigo = sleepover.* quedarse dentro de casa = stay + indoors.* quedarse en casa = stay + indoors.* quehaceres de la casa = housework.* que trabaja desde casa = home-based.* realización de los estudios escolares en casa = homeschooling [home schooling].* regresar a casa = go + home again.* regreso a casa = homecoming, journey home.* revolver toda la casa = turn + the house upside down.* ropa de casa = loungewear.* ropa de estar en casa = loungewear.* salir de casa = leave + home.* segunda casa = second home.* seguro de la casa = home insurance.* sentirse como en casa = feel + at home, feel like + home (away) from home.* tirar la casa por la ventana = lash out (on), go to + town on.* todo queda en casa = all in the family.* trabajador desde casa = homeworker.* trabajos de la casa = housework.* traer a casa = bring + back home.* vender de casa en casa = peddle.* volver a casa = go + home again.* volver la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.* volver tarde a casa = stay out + late.* vuelta a casa = homecoming, journey home.* zona para casas móviles = mobile home park, trailer park.* * *Casa Amarilla (↑ casa a1), Casa Rosada (↑ casa aa1)A1 (vivienda) houseestá buscando casa she's looking for somewhere to livecambiarse or mudarse de casa to move, move housetodavía no nos han ofrecido la casa they still haven't invited us to see the house2 (hogar) homea los 18 años se fue de casa or ( AmL) de la casa she left home at 18no está nunca en casa or ( AmL) en la casa he's never (at) home¿por qué no pasas por casa or ( AmL) por la casa? why don't you drop in o by?voy a preguntar en casa or ( AmL) en la casa I'll ask at homeestá en su casa make yourself at homelo invito a cenar a su casa de usted ( Méx); please come over to dinner¿dónde vive? — en Lomas 38, su casa de usted ( Méx); where do you live? — at number 38 Lomas, where you will always be most welcomeno soy de la casa I don't live heredecidió poner casa en Toledo she decided to go and live in Toledole ha puesto casa a su querida he's set his mistress up in a house ( o an apartment etc)los padres les ayudaron a poner la casa their parents helped them to set up housede andar or para andar por casa ‹vestido› house ( before n), for wearing around the house;‹definición/terminología› crude, roughcaérsele or venírsele a algn la casa encima: cuando no aprobó el examen se le vino la casa encima when she failed the exam, the bottom fell out of her world o her whole world came crashing down around her earscomo Pedro or Perico or Pepe por su casa as if you/he/she owned the place ( colloq)un error grande como una casa a glaring o terrible mistakeechar or tirar or ( Ven) botar la casa por la ventana to push the boat outpara la boda de su hija tiró la casa por la ventana he spared no expense o he really went overboard o he really pushed the boat out for his daughter's weddingempezar la casa por el tejado to put the cart before the horseser muy de su casa (hogareño) to be very homeloving, be a real homebody ( AmE) o ( BrE) homelover; (hacendoso) to be very houseprouden casa del herrero, cuchillo de palo or ( Col) azadón de palo the shoemaker's son always goes barefootcada uno en su casa y Dios en la de todos each to his own and God watching over everyoneB ( Com)la casa Mega lanzó ayer su último modelo Mega launched their latest model yesterday2(bar, restaurante): vino de la casa house wineinvita la casa it's on the housees un obsequio de la casa with the compliments of the managementC (dinastía) housela casa de los Borbones the House of BourbonD1 ( Dep):Wanderers perdió en casa Wanderers lost at homelos de casa juegan de amarillo the home team are in yellow2 ( Jueg) homeE ( Astrol) houseCompuestos:semi-detached/terraced house(en CR, Ven) Presidential PalaceWhite Househead office, headquarters ( sing o pl)clubhousetown hall( Chi) (reformatorio) reformatory ( for girls) ( AmE), young offenders' institution ( for girls) ( BrE); (cárcel) women's prisonpolice station ( including living quarters)children's homerefuge(CS) maisonettebathhouse, baths (pl)children's homebureau de changecountry house, house in the countryrestaurant ( serving economically priced meals)House of Godrecord company(en algunos países) Presidential Palaceboardinghouse, rooming house ( AmE)( RPl) tenement houseA ( Fin) mintB (en Chi) Presidential Palace( ant); brothelHouse of Godfashion houselunatic asylumtenement house ( Esp)coaching inn● casa de reposo or salud(CS) nursing home, convalescent homefirst-aid post( AmL) brothel( Méx) tenement housetenement houserecord companypublishing househouse boat( Chi) dwellinghead office, headquarters ( sing o pl)(Col, Méx) casa pilotobrothelRoyal Householdrefuge o hostel for battered women(en Arg) Presidential Palace( Esp); holiday cottageancestral home* * *
Del verbo casar: ( conjugate casar)
casa es:
3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente indicativo2ª persona singular (tú) imperativo
Multiple Entries:
casa
casar
casa sustantivo femenino
1
casita del perro kennel;
casa adosada or pareada semi-detached o terraced house;
Ccasa Blanca White House;
casa de acogida refuge;
casa de huéspedes boardinghouse;
casa de socorro first-aid post;
casa de vecinos or (Méx) de vecindad tenement house;
Ccasa Real Royal Household;
casa refugio refuge o hostel for battered women;
casa rodante (CS) trailer (AmE), caravan (BrE)
a los 18 años se fue de casa or (AmL) de la casa she left home at 18;
no está nunca en casa or ( AmL) en la casa he's never (at) home;
¿por qué no pasas por casa or (AmL) por la casa? why don't you drop in?;
de or para andar por casa ‹ vestido› for wearing around the house;
‹definición/terminología› crude, rough;
echar or tirar la casa por la ventana to push the boat out
2
casa de cambios bureau de changeb) (bar, restaurante):
invita la casa it's on the house
3 (Dep):
casar ( conjugate casar) verbo transitivo [cura/juez] to marry
verbo intransitivo
[ piezas] to fit together;
[ cuentas] to match, tally
casa con algo to go well with sth
casarse verbo pronominal
to get married;
se casó con un abogado she married a lawyer;
casase en segundas nupcias to marry again, to remarry
casa sustantivo femenino
1 (edificio) house ➣ Ver nota en chalet
2 (hogar) home: vete a casa, go home
estábamos en casa de Rosa, we were at Rosa's
hay mucha gente que no tiene casa, there are a lot of homeless people
3 (empresa) company, firm
casa matriz, head office
4 (estirpe) la casa de los Austria, the House of Habsburg
5 casa de empeños, pawnshop
casa de huéspedes, boarding house
familiar casa de locos, madhouse
casa de socorro, first aid post
casa de la villa, town hall
♦ Locuciones: tengo que salir a pasear, si no, se me cae la casa encima, I've got to go out for a walk or this house is going to drive me up the wall
familiar como Pedro por su casa, as if I/you/he owned the place
de andar por casa, (ropa) everyday
(explicación) crude, rough
no parar en casa, to be on the go
tirar la casa por la ventana, to roll out the red carpet
casar
I verbo transitivo (unir en matrimonio) to marry
(dar en matrimonio) to marry (off): casó muy bien a sus dos hijos, she successfully married off her two sons
II verbo intransitivo (encajar) to match, go o fit together: las cuentas no le casan, he can't make the figures balance, figurado things don't seem to be right to him
' casa' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
A
- abajo
- abstraerse
- acercar
- acoger
- acogedor
- acogedora
- acuerdo
- adosada
- adosado
- afuera
- agencia
- ajena
- ajeno
- alquilar
- alquiler
- ama
- amañarse
- amo
- ampliación
- andar
- antirrobo
- arriba
- así
- ático
- atusar
- aviar
- barrer
- bata
- benjamín
- benjamina
- bienvenida
- bienvenido
- borde
- cabida
- cacho
- calentar
- cambiar
- camino
- cara
- cargar
- carpintería
- casera
- casero
- chalet
- cocina
- comedor
- comedora
- consentir
- convivir
English:
address
- advantage
- agent
- amenities
- ancestral
- anyone
- appraisal
- appreciate
- approximately
- around-the clock
- as
- ask round
- at
- attractive
- back
- be
- bed
- before
- below
- better
- big
- blast away
- bleak
- boarding house
- body
- bookshelf
- break into
- built-in
- burglar alarm
- burglarize
- burglary
- busline
- bustle
- buyer
- call
- caller
- care
- caretaker
- clean up
- come out
- congregate
- convenience
- cottage
- curious
- customary
- cut out
- daily
- dear
- decorate
- design
* * *casa nf1. [edificio] house;[apartamento] Br flat, US apartment;vivo en una casa de tres plantas my house has got three floors;vivimos en una casa de alquiler we live in rented accommodation;buscar casa to look for somewhere to live;de casa en casa house-to-house;se le cae la casa encima [se deprime] it's the end of the world for him;Famcomo una casa [enorme] massive;dijo un disparate como una casa he made a totally ludicrous remark;una mentira como una casa a whopping great lie;un fuera de juego como una casa a blindingly obvious offside;para comprarse un coche tan caro, tiró la casa por la ventana he spared no expense when he bought that car;empezar la casa por el tejado to put the cart before the horsecasa adosada Br terraced house, US row house; CSur, Perú [casa de arriba] upstairs Br flat o US apartment;Casa Blanca [en Estados Unidos] White House;casa de campo country house;casa y comida board and lodging;Esp casa cuartel [de la Guardia Civil] = police station also used as living quarters by Guardia Civil; Arg casa de departamentos Br block of flats, US apartment building; Am casa habitación residential building; RP casa de inquilinato = communal dwelling where poor families each live in a single room and share bathroom and kitchen with others;casa de labor farmhouse;casa de labranza farmhouse;Méx casa llena:con casa llena [en béisbol] with the bases loaded;Casa de la Moneda [en Chile] = Chile's presidential palace;casa natal: [m5] la casa natal de Goya the house where Goya was born;casa parroquial priest's house, presbytery;casa piloto show house;casa de postas posthouse, inn;casa prefabricada prefab;RP casa rodante Br caravan, US trailer;Casa Rosada [en Argentina] = Argentinian presidential palace;casa semiadosada semi-detached house;casa solariega ancestral home, family seat;casa unifamiliar = house, usually detached, on an estate;casa de vecindad tenement house2. [hogar] home;bienvenido a casa welcome home;en casa at home;¿está tu hermano en casa? is your brother at home?;me quedé en casa leyendo I stayed at home and read a book;en casa se cena pronto we have dinner early at home;estar de casa to be casually dressed;unas zapatillas de ir por casa slippers for wearing around the house;pásate por (mi) casa come round, come over to my place;estar fuera de casa to be out;ir a casa to go home;irse de casa to leave home;me fui de casa a los dieciséis años I left home at sixteen;franquear la casa a alguien to open one's home to sb;generalmente es la mujer la que lleva la casa it's usually the woman who runs the household;no para en casa he's hardly ever at home;no tener casa ni hogar to be homeless;ponte como en tu casa, estás en tu casa make yourself at home;sin casa homeless;había varios sin casa durmiendo a la intemperie there were several homeless people sleeping rough;hemos recogido a un niño sin casa we've taken in a child from a broken home;Espquiere poner casa en Valencia she wants to go and live in Valencia;sentirse como en casa to feel at home;ser (uno) muy de su casa to be a homebody;Famcomo Pedro por su casa: entra y sale como Pedro por su casa she comes in and out as if she owns the place;todo queda en casa: nadie se enterará de tu despiste, todo queda en casa no one will find out about your mistake, we'll keep it between ourselves;el padre y el hijo dirigen el negocio, así que todo queda en casa the business is run by father and son, so it's all in the family;Esp Famlos unos por los otros y la casa sin barrer everybody said they'd do it and nobody did;Esp Famesto parece la casa de tócame Roque everyone just does whatever they want in here, it's like Liberty Hall in here;cada uno en su casa, y Dios en la de todos = you should mind your own business;en casa del herrero cuchillo de palo the shoemaker's wife is always worst shodcasa mortuoria home of the deceased;casa paterna parental home3. [familia] family;[linaje] house;procede de una de las mejores casas de la ciudad she comes from one of the most important families in the cityHist la casa de Austria the Hapsburgs; Hist la casa de Borbón the Bourbons;casa real royal family4. [establecimiento] company;este producto lo fabrican varias casas this product is made by several different companies;por la compra de un televisor, la casa le regala una radio buy a television and we'll give you a radio for free;¡invita la casa! it's on the house!;especialidad/vino de la casa house speciality/winecasa de apuestas bookmaker's, Br betting shop; Méx casa de asistencia boarding house;casa de banca banking house;Com casa central head office;casa de citas brothel;casa de comidas = cheap restaurant serving simple meals;casa discográfica record company;casa editorial publishing house;casa de empeño pawnshop;casa de empeños pawnshop;casa exportadora exporter;casa importadora importer;casa de lenocinio house of ill repute;Com casa matriz [de empresa] head office; [de grupo de empresas] parent company;casa de préstamo pawnshop;casa pública brothel;muy Fam casa de putas whorehouse;casa de subastas auction house, auctioneer's;Am casa de tolerancia brothelcasa de baños public bathhouse;casa de beneficencia poorhouse;Fin casa de cambio Br bureau de change, US foreign-exchange bureau;casa de caridad poorhouse;casa de correos post office;casa cuna [orfanato] foundling home;[guardería] nursery;casa de Dios house of God;CSur casa de estudios educational establishment;casa de fieras zoo;Am casa de gobierno = workplace of the head of state, governor, mayor etc;casa de locos madhouse;Fig¡esto es una casa de locos! this place is a madhouse!;casa de la moneda [fábrica] mint;casa del pueblo = village social club run by local council;casa rectoral rectory;casa regional = social club for people from a particular region (in another region or abroad);casa religiosa [de monjas] convent;[de monjes] monastery; RP casa de reposo rest home; RP casa de salud rest home;casa del Señor house of God;casa de la villa town hall7. Dep home;jugar en casa to play at home;jugar fuera de casa to play away (from home);el equipo de casa the home team8. [en juegos de mesa] home9. [casilla de ajedrez, damas] squareCASA ROSADACasa Rosada (the “pink house”) in Buenos Aires, is the name of the Argentinian Presidential Palace. Its pink colour was originally chosen (for an earlier building) by president Domingo Sarmiento (1868-74) to represent a combination between the two feuding political traditions of nineteenth century Argentina – red for the Federalists and white for the Unitarians. Argentina's presidents have addressed the people from the balcony of the palace, but the most famous orator to use it was Evita Peron, so there was a huge controversy when film director Alan Parker obtained permission to use the balcony when filming his musical “Evita” in 1997, with Madonna in the title role.* * *f1 house;como una casa fam huge fam ;comenzar la casa por el tejado fig put the cart before the horse;echar otirar la casa por la ventana spare no expense;se me cayó la casa encima fig the bottom fell out of my world2 DEP:jugar en casa play at home;jugar fuera de casa play away, play on the road3 ( hogar) home;en casa at home;estás en tu casa make yourself at home;llevar la casa run the home;ser muy de su casa be a real home-lover;todo queda en casa everything stays in the family* * *casa nf1) : house, building2) hogar: home3) : household, family4) : company, firm5)echar la casa por la ventana : to spare no expense* * *casa n1. (en general) house2. (hogar) home3. (empresa) company -
30 ब्रह्मन् _brahman
ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.]1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the mate- rial cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.);... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb.-2 A hymn of praise.-3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17.-4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15.-5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.-6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32.-7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4.-8 Religious penance or austerities.-9 Celi- bacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1.-1 Final eman- cipation or beatitude.-11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge.-12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda.-13 Wealth.-14 Food.-15 A Brāhmaṇa.-16 Truth.-17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26.-18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3.-19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31.-2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m.1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is en- trusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-- the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.]-2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4.-3 A devout man.-4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice.-5 One conversant with sacred knowledge.-6 The sun.-7 Intellect.-8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis:-- मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ.-9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka.-1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18.-11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23.-1 Of Śiva.-Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om.-अङ्गभूः 1 a horse.-2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon).-अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda.-2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71.-अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas.-अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī.-अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas.-अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow.-अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas.-अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa.-अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study.-2 N. of a forest.-अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge.-2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit.-3 N. of a spell.-4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered.-अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman.-आत्मभूः a horse.-आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31.-आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71.-आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5.-आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14.-आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation.-आहुतिः f.1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ.-2 the study of the Vedas.-उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.).-उत्तर a.1 treating principally of Brahman.-2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas.-उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up.-उपदेशः instruc- tion in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree.-ऋषिः (ब्रह्मर्षिः orब्रह्माऋषिः) a Bra- hmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19).-ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice.-कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī.-करः a tax paid to the priestly class.-कर्मन् n.1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice.-कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man).-कल्पः an age of Brahman.-काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge.-काष्ठः the mulberry tree.-किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas.-कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa.-कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥.-कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu.-कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9.-गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra.-गिरिः N. of a mountain.-गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata.-गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D.-गोलः the universe.-गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति).-ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body.-2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत.-ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n.,-राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāh- maṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also).-ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy.-घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa.-घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses.-घोषः 1 recital of the Veda.-2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.).-घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa.-चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up.-2 N. of a magical circle.-चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh.-2 religious study, self-restraint.-3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (-र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (-र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence.-चारिकम् the life of a religious student.-चारिन् a.1 studying the Vedas.-2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭha- śrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87.-2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate.-3 an epithet of Śiva.-4 of Skanda.-चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā.-2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity.-जः an epithet of Kārtikeya.-जन्मन् n.1 spirtual birth.-2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17.-जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up.-जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra.-जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge.-ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P.-ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma.(-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.-2 of Viṣṇu.-ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7.-ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief.-ज्योतिस् n.1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being.-2 an epithet of Śiva.-तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit.-तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda.-तालः (in music) a kind of measure.-तेजस् n.1 the glory of Brahman.-2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa.-दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232.-दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām.-2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa.-3 an epithet of Śiva.-4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24.-5 magic, spells, incanta- tion (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27.-दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा).-दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge.-2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233.-दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge.-2 sacred knowledge received as an in- heritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3.-3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa.-दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa.-2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa.-दारुः the mulberry tree.-दिनम् a day of Brahman.-दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch.-देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (-यः) the Brāhma form of marriage.(-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19.-2 instruction in the sacred knowledge.-दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह.-द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4.-द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a.1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.).-2 hostile to religi- ous acts or devotion, impious, godless.-द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas.-धर a. possessing sacred knowledge.-नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.-नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu.-निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72.-2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39.-निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (-ष्ठः) the mulberry tree.-नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman.-पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa.-2 the place of the Supreme Spirit.-पवित्रः the Kuśa grass.-परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas.-पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree.-पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge.-पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14.-पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75.-पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.-पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman.-2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal.(-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison.-2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (-त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.-पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7.-2 the body; Ch. Up.-पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven).-2 N. of Benares.-पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas.-पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs).-प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up.-प्राप्तिः f. absorp- tion into the Supreme spirit.-बलम् the Brahmani- cal power.-बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāh- maṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2.-2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa.-बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda.-बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17.-2 the mulberry tree.-ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa.-भवनम् the abode of Brahman.-भागः 1 the mulberry tree.-2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br.-भावः absorp- tion into the Supreme Spirit-भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4.-भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many.-भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16.-भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14.-भूतिः f. twilight.-भूमिजा a kind of pepper.-भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98.-2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17.-भूयस n. absorption into Brahma.-मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī.-महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas.-मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends.-मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit.-मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day.-मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman.-मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva.-मेखलः the Munja plant.-यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.)-योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge.-योनि a.1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (-निः) f.1 original source in Brahman.-2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74.-रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa.-रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24.-राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17.-रवः muttering of prayers.-रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar.-रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8.-रात्रः early dawn.-रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः)-राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred know- ledge.-2 an epithet of Paraśurāma.-3 a particular constellation.-रीतिः f. a kind of brass.-रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man.-लोकः the world of Brahman.-लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक.-वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas.-वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma.-वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāh- maṇa.-वर्चस् n.,-वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94.-2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6.-वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39.-वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त.-वर्धनम् copper.-वाच् f. the sacred text.-वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1.-वादिन् m.1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1.-2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (-नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra.-वासः the abode of Brāhma- ṇas.-विद्, -विद a.1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher.-विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1.-विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु.-विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra.-विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh.-वीणा a particular Vīṇā.-वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree.-2 the Udumbara tree.-वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42.-वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas.-वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas.-2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma.-3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद).-4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4.-वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्.-वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas-व्रतम् a vow of chastity.-शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ).-शाला 1 the hall of Brahman.-2 a place for reciting the Vedas.-शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas.-2 a command of Brahman.-3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa.-4 instruction about sacred duty.-शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649.-श्री N. of a Sāman.-संसद् f. an assembly of Brāh- maṇas.-संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred know- ledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1.-सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī.-सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4.-2 medita- tion of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9.-3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit.-सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer.-सदस् n. the residence of Brahman.-सभा the hall or court of Brahman.-संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (-वः) N. of Nārada.-सर्पः a kind of snake.-सवः distillation of Soma.-सायुज्यम् com- plete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय.-सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232.-सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21.-सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c.-2 a kind of Ketu.-सुवर्चला f.1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?).-2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159.-सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha.-2 N. of the god of love.-सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51.-2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4.-सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread.-सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva.-स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48.-स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116.-स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला);...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते... Rām.6.1.16.-स्थानः the mulberry tree.-स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property.-स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit.-हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāh- maṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72.-हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74.-हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella). -
31 κύριος
1I. κύριος, ία, ιον(Pind. et al.; ins, pap) comp. κυριώτερος (Just., A II, 13, 3); superl. κυριώτατος (Just., D. 11, 2); adv. κυρίως. The primary mng. relates to possession of power or authority, in various senses: ‘strong, authoritative, valid, ruling’; then to that which is preeminently important principal, essential (Aeschyl. et al.; 4 Macc 1:19; Jos., Ant. 20, 41, C. Ap. 1, 19; 2, 177; Just.; Ath. 22:2) τὸ δὲ κυριώτερον but what is more important IMg 1:2 (cp. Diog. L. 4, 26 ἐν τῷ κυρίῳ=quite definitely).—DELG.2II. κύριος, ου, ὁ (the masc. form of the subst. adj. κύριος [s. I], Aeschyl.+; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 92 §385 [=ὁ τὸ κῦρος ἔχων]; ins, pap, LXX, pseudepigr.; Philo, Joseph., apolog.; loanw. in rabb. For the corresp. fem. s. κυρία.) gener. ‘lord, master’.① one who is in charge by virtue of possession, owner (X., Symp. 6, 1; Diod S 4, 15, 3; 14, 7, 6; ins, pap, LXX) κ. πάντων Gal 4:1 (Diod S 33, 7, 1; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 1, 13 p. 12, 10 of one who has come of age and controls his own property).ⓐ of things w. impers. obj. κ. τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος owner of the vineyard (cp. SIG 742, 6 κ. τῆς χώρας) Mt 20:8; 21:40; Mk 12:9; Lk 20:13, 15; ὁ κ. τῆς οἰκίας the master of the house (Ex 22:7; SIG 1215, 28; PTebt 5, 147 [118 B.C.] τοὺς κ. τῶν οἰκιῶν) Mk 13:35. Of a πῶλος: οἱ κ. αὐτοῦ its owners (PHib 34, 3 a span of oxen; Ex 21:29 [αὐτοῦ=τοῦ ταύρου]) Lk 19:33 (ASouter, Exp. 8th ser., 8, 1914, 94f, in connection w. the pl. here and Ac 16:16, 19 thinks of the owners as man and wife; the pl. οἱ κύριοι has this mng. Diod S 34 + 35, Fgm. 2, 10 and 2, 37: a married couple who are slave-owners. On the other hand in the Syntipas collection of Aesop’s Fables 16 p. 534 P. οἱ κύριοι of a dog are a number of metalworkers. On Hebr. background for possible understanding of the pl. in the sing. sense ‘owner’, s. RButh, JBL 104, ’86, 680–85.). The mng. owner easily passes into that of lord, master, one who has full control of someth. (Diod S 5, 42, 5 θανάτου κύριοι=lords over [life and] death; 10, 17, 1 and 2 κ. τοῦ σώματος=master of one’s own body; Ptolem., Apotel. 3, 11, 10 ὁ κ. τῆς ζωῆς; PsSol 2:29 κ. γῆς καὶ θαλάσσης; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 67; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 200) ὁ κ. τοῦ θερισμοῦ the Lord of the harvest (Jos., Ant.4, 227 κύριος ἔστω τὰ φυτὰ καρποῦσθαι) Mt 9:38; Lk 10:2. κ. τοῦ σαββάτου Lord of the Sabbath Mt 12:8; Mk 2:28; Lk 6:5.ⓑ w. a personal obj.: opp. δοῦλος J 13:16; foll. by gen. of pers. (cp. Judg 19:11; Gen 24:36; TestSol 22:5; TestJob 7:9; TestGad 4:4; JosAs 4:14) Mt 10:24f; 18:31f; 24:48; Lk 12:36. ὁ κ. τοῦ δούλου Lk 12:46. Abs., though the sense is unmistakable (Diod S 8, 5, 3; ApcEsdr 3:14 p. 27, 27f Tdf.) 12:37, 42b; 14:23; J 15:15; cp. Ro 14:4a; Eph 6:9a; Col 4:1. Several masters of the same slave (Billerb. I 430.—TestJos 14:2): δυσὶν κυρίοις δουλεύειν Mt 6:24; Ac 16:16, 19 (s. Souter under a above). κατὰ σάρκα designates more definitely the sphere in which the service-relation holds true οἱ κατὰ σάρκα κ. Eph 6:5; Col 3:22. As a form of address used by slaves κύριε Mt 13:27; 25:20, 22, 24; Lk 13:8; 14:22; 19:16, 18, 20, 25.② one who is in a position of authority, lord, masterⓐ of earthly beings, as a designation of any pers. of high position: of husband in contrast to wife 1 Pt 3:6 (Gen 18:12; TestAbr A 15 p. 95, 15 [Stone p. 38]; ApcMos 2. cp. Plut., De Virt. Mul. 15 p. 252b; SIG 1189, 7; 1190, 5; 1234, 1); of a father by his son Mt 21:29 (cp. BGU 423, 2 Ἀπίων Ἐπιμάχῳ τῷ πατρὶ καὶ κυρίῳ; 818, 1; 28; Gen 31:35; by his daughter TestJob 46:2; JosAs 4:5); of an official in high position, by those who have dealings with him (cp. PFay 106, 15; 129, 1; 134, 2; BGU 648, 16) Mt 27:63. As a form of address to respected pers. gener.; here, as elsewhere, = our sir (as Mod. Gk.) Mt 25:11; J 12:21; 20:15 (but s. NWyatt, ZNW 81, ’90, 38); Ac 16:30; Rv 7:14 (cp. Epict. 3, 23, 11; 19; Gen 23:6; 44:18; TestAbr A 2 p. 78, 33 [Stone p. 4]; JosAs 7:8 al.). The distinctive Gr-Rom. view of ‘deified’ rulers requires treatment under 2bβ.ⓑ of transcendent beingsα. as a designation of God (for this custom, which has its roots in the Orient, s. the references in Ltzm., Hdb. exc. on Ro 10:9; Bousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921, 95–98; Dssm., LO 298f [LAE 353ff]; s. also SEG XXXVI, 350 and add. ins cited by DZeller, DDD 918f; LXX (where it freq. replaces the name Yahweh in the Mt); pseudepigr.; Philo, Just.; Hippol. Ref. 8, 17, 1; Orig., C. Cels. 1, 35, 6.—FDoppler, D. Wort ‘Herr’ als Göttername im Griech.: Opusc. philol. v. kath. akad. Philologenverein in Wien I 1926, 42–47; MParca, ASP 31, ’91, 51 [lit.]) ὁ κ. Mt 5:33; Mk 5:19; Lk 1:6, 9, 28, 46; 2:15, 22; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 7:33; 8:24; Eph 6:7 (perh. w. ref. to Christ); 2 Th 3:3; 2 Ti 1:16, 18; Hb 8:2; Js 1:7; 4:15. Without the art. (on the inclusion or omission of the art. s. BWeiss [θεός, beg.]; B-D-F §254, 1; Mlt-Turner 174), like a personal name (οὐδένα κύριον ὀνομνάζουσι πλὴν τὸν θεόν Hippol. Ref. 9, 26, 2) Mt 27:10; Mk 13:20; Lk 1:17, 58; Ac 7:49; Hb 7:21 (Ps 109:4); 12:6 (Pr 3:12); 2 Pt 2:9; Jd 5 (θεὸς Χριστός P72); 9. ἄγγελος κυρίου (LXX, TestSol, GrBar et al.) Mt 1:20, 24; 2:13, 19; 28:2; Lk 1:11; 2:9a; J 5:3 v.l.; Ac 5:19; 7:30 v.l.; 8:26; 12:7, 23. δόξα κυρίου (Is 40:5; PsSol 5:19; 7:31; TestLevi 8:11; ApcMos 37) Lk 2:9b; δούλη κ. 1:38; ἡμέρα κ. Ac 2:20 (Jo 3:4); νόμος κ. Lk 2:23f, 39; τὸ ὄνομα κ. Mt 21:9 (Ps 117:26; PsSol 6:1 al.); Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); πνεῦμα κ. Lk 4:18 (Is 61:1); Ac 8:39; τὸ ῥῆμα κ. 1 Pt 1:25 (Gen 15:1 al.); φωνὴ κ. (Gen 3:8 al.); Ac 7:31; χεὶρ κ. (Ex 9:3 al.; TestJob 26:4; ApcMos prol.) Lk 1:66. ὁ Χριστὸς κυρίου 2:26 (PsSol 17:32 [Χριστὸς κύριος, s. app.]).—W. the sphere of his lordship more definitely expressed (Diod S 3, 61, 5 Zeus is κ. τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου; 6 θεὸς καὶ κ. εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα τοῦ σύμπαντος κόσμου; Jos., Ant. 20, 90 τῶν πάντων κ.; Just., D. 127, 2 κ. τῶν πάντων) κ. τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῆς γῆς (PGM 4, 640f; ParJer 5:32 [Harris]) Mt 11:25; Lk 10:21; cp. Ac 17:24. κ. τῶν κυριευόντων Lord of lords 1 Ti 6:15. ὁ κ. ἡμῶν 1:14; 2 Pt 3:15; Rv 11:15 (LXX; PsSol 10:5). Cp. 22:6 (s. Num 16:22; 27:16). κ. ὁ θεός Lk 1:32; Rv 1:8; with μου (σου, etc.) Mt 4:7 (Dt 6:16), 10 (Dt 6:13); 22:37 (Dt 6:5); Mk 12:29f (Dt 6:4f); Lk 1:16 al. κ. ὁ θεὸς τοῦ Ἰσραήλ 1:68 (PsSol 16:3; TestSol 1:13). κ. ὁ θεὸς (ἡμῶν) ὁ παντοκράτωρ God, the (our) Lord, the Almighty Rv 4:8; 15:3; 16:7; 19:6; 21:22 (TestSol D 4:7; cp. ParJer 9:6). κ. Σαβαώθ Ro 9:29 (Is 1:9; TestSol 1:6 al.; Just., D. 64, 2); Js 5:4.—W. prep. ἐνώπιον τοῦ κυρίου Lk 1:15 (Ex 23:17; 1 Km 1:25 al.; TestJob 15:6 al.; TestReub 1:9 al.). παρὰ κυρίου Mt 21:42; Mk 12:11 (both Ps 117:23). παρὰ κυρίῳ 2 Pt 3:8. πρὸς τὸν κύριον Hs 9, 12, 6 (LXX; PsSol 1:1 al.).β. Closely connected w. the custom of applying the term κ. to deities is that of honoring (deified) rulers with the same title (exx. [2bα beg.] in Ltzm., op. cit.; Bousset 93; Dssm., 299ff [LAE 356]; FKattenbusch, Das apostol. Symbol II 1900, 605ff; KPrümm, Herrscherkult u. NT: Biblica 9, 1928, 3–25; 119–40; 289–301; JFears, RAC XIV, 1047–93; JvanHenten, 1341–52 [lit.]; cp. the attitude of the Lacedaemonians: φοβούμενοι τὸν ἕνα κ. αὐτῶν τὸν Λυκούργου νόμον=‘respecting their one and only lord, the law of Lycurgus’ Orig., C. Cels. 8, 6, 12). Fr. the time of Claudius (POxy. 37, 6; O. Wilck II 1038, 6) we find the Rom. emperors so designated in increasing measure; in isolated cases, even earlier (OGI 606, 1; on Augustus’ attitude s. DioCass. 51, 7f). Ac 25:26.—On deified rulers in gener. s. LCerfaux-JTondriau, Un concurrent du Christianisme: le culte des souverains dans la civilisation gréco-romaine ’57; FTaeger, Charisma, 2 vols. ’57–60; DRoloff, Göttlichkeit, Vergöttlichung und Erhöhung zu seligem Leben, ’70. S. esp. the collection of articles and reviews by various scholars, in Römischer Kaiserkult, ed. AWlosok ’78.γ. κύριος is also used in ref. to Jesus:א. in OT quotations, where it is understood of the Lord of the new community ἡ ὁδὸς κ. (Is 40:3) Mt 3:3; Mk 1:3; Lk 3:4; J 1:23. εἶπεν κύριος τ. κυρίῳ μου (Ps 109:1: the first κ. is God, the second Christ; s. Billerb. IV 452–65: Der 110. Ps. in d. altrabb. Lit.; βασιλεὺς αὐτῶν χριστὸς κ. [or κυρίου; s. 2bα] PsSol 17:32) Mt 22:44 (cp. vss. 43, 45); Mk 12:36 (cp. vs. 37); Lk 20:42 (cp. vs. 44); Ac 2:34. ὁ καυχώμενος ἐν κυρίῳ καυχάσθω 1 Cor 1:31 (cp. Jer 9:22f). τὸ ὄνομα κυρίου Ro 10:13 (cp. Jo 3:5). σὺ κατʼ ἀρχάς, κύριε, τὴν γῆν ἐθεμελίωσας Hb 1:10 (cp. Ps 101:26). εἰ ἐγεύσασθε ὅτι χρηστὸς ὁ κύριος 1 Pt 2:3 (cp. Ps 33:9). 1 Pt 3:15 adds Χριστόν to κύριον ἁγιάσατε Is 8:13.ב. Apart from OT quots., Mt and Mk speak of Jesus as κύριος only in one pass. (words of Jesus himself) Mk 11:3=Mt 21:3 (but s. RBratcher, ET 64, ’52/53, 93; New Docs 1, 43; JDerrett, NovT 13, ’71, 241–58 on the public transport system; cp. Lk 19:31, 34), but they record that he was addressed as ‘Lord’ (κύριε), once in Mk (7:28) and more oft. in Mt, e.g. 8:2, 6, 8, 21, 25; 9:28; 14:28, 30; 15:22, 25, 27; 16:22 (also ApcSed 12:2).—Lk refers to Jesus much more frequently as ὁ κ. (Iren. 1, prol. 2 [Harv. I 4, 5] and 5, 26, 2 [Harv. II 396, 2]): 7:13; 10:1, 39 (Ἰησοῦ P75; τοῦ Ἰησοῦ P45 et al.), 41; 11:39; 12:42a; 13:15; 17:5f; 18:6; 19:8 al. The voc. κύριε is also found oft.: 5:8, 12; 9:54, 61; 10:17, 40; 11:1; 12:41 al.—In J the designation ὁ κ. occurs rarely, in the first 19 chapters only in passages that are text-critically uncertain (4:1 v.l.; 6:23, with omission in some mss.) or that have been suspected on other grounds (11:2); then 20:2, 18, 20, 25; cp. vss. 13, 28; 21:7ab, 12. On the other hand, κύριε in address is extraordinarily common throughout the whole book: 4:11, 15, 19, 49; 5:7; 6:34, 68 al. (more than 30 times).—In the long ending of Mk we have the designation ὁ κ. twice, 16:19, 20. In GPt ὁ κ. occurs 1:2; 2:3ab; 3:6, 8; 4:10; 5:19; 6:21, 24; 12:50ab; 14:59, 60 (in the last pass. without the art.); the fragment that has been preserved hardly affords any opportunity for the use of the voc. 2 Cl introduces apocryphal sayings of Jesus with λέγει ὁ κ. 5:2; λ. ὁ κ. ἐν τ. εὐαγγελίῳ 8:5.—Repeated κύριε, κύριε Mt 7:21f; Lk 6:46; 2 Cl 4:2 (TestAbr A 9 p. 86, 26 [Stone p. 20]; ApcMos 25 p. 14, 1 Tdf.; s. KKöhler, StKr 88, 1915, 471–90).ג. Even in the passages already mentioned the use of the word κ. raises Jesus above the human level (Mani is also κ. for his people: Kephal. I 183, 11; 13; 16); this tendency becomes even clearer in the following places: ὁ κύριος Ac 5:14; 9:10f, 42; 11:23f; 22:10b; Ro 12:11; 14:8; 1 Cor 6:13f, 17; 7:10, 12; 2 Cor 5:6, 8; Gal 1:19; Col 1:10; 1 Th 4:15b; 2 Th 3:1; Hb 2:3; Js 5:7f; B 5:5; IEph 10:3; AcPl Ha 6, 21; 7, 5; 27; 8, 2; AcPlCor 1:6, 14.—Without the art. 1 Cor 4:4; 7:22b; 10:21ab; 2 Cor 12:1; 1 Th 4:15a; 2 Ti 2:24; AcPlCor 1:8. So esp. in combinations w. preps.: ἀπὸ κυρίου Col 3:24. κατὰ κύριον 2 Cor 11:17. παρὰ κυρίου Eph 6:8. πρὸς κύριον 2 Cor 3:16; AcPl Ha 6, 9. πρὸς τὸν κ. 8, 23. σὺν κυρίῳ 1 Th 4:17b. ὑπὸ κυρίου 1 Cor 7:25b; 2 Th 2:13. Esp. freq. is the Pauline formula ἐν κυρίῳ (lit. on ἐν 4c), which appears outside Paul’s letters only Rv 14:13; IPol 8:3; AcPl Ha 3, 23; AcPlCor 1:1, 16 (cp. Pol 1:1 ἐν κυρίῳ ἡμῶν Ἰ. Χριστῷ): 1 Cor 11:11; Phlm 16; πιστὸς ἐν κ. 1 Cor 4:17; cp. Eph 6:21; Hm 4, 1, 4; φῶς ἐν κ. Eph 5:8. ἡ σφραγίς μου τ. ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν κ. 1 Cor 9:2. W. verbs: ἀσπάζεσθαι Ro 16:22 (GBahr, CBQ 28, ’66, 465f renders: in the service of my master, i.e. Paul); 1 Cor 16:19. ἐνδυναμοῦσθαι Eph 6:10. καλεῖσθαι 1 Cor 7:22a. καυχᾶσθαι 1:31. κοπιᾶν Ro 16:12ab; μαρτύρεσθαι Eph 4:17. παραλαμβάνειν διακονίαν Col 4:17. πεποιθέναι εἴς τινα Gal 5:10. ἐπί τινα 2 Th 3:4; cp. Phil 1:14; 2:24. προί̈στασθαι 1 Th 5:12. προσδέχεσθαι Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. στήκειν 4:1; 1 Th 3:8. ὑπακούειν Eph 6:1. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Phil 4:2. θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν κ. 2 Cor 2:12.—W. διδάσκαλος J 13:13f. W. σωτήρ 2 Pt 3:2; cp. 1:11; 2:20 (Just., D. 39, 2). W. Χριστός Ac 2:36; cp. Χριστὸς κύριος (La 4:20; PsSol 17, 32 v.l. [GBeale, Christos Kyrios in PsSol 17:32—‘The Lord’s Anointed’ Reconsidered: NTS 31, ’85, 620–27]; PsSol 18 ins) Lk 2:11. ὁ κ. Χριστός AcPlCor 2:3. Esp. freq. are the formulas ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς Ac 1:21; 4:33; 8:16; 11:20; 15:11; 16:31; 19:5, 13, 17; 20:24, 35; 21:13; 1 Cor 11:23; 16:23; 2 Cor 4:14; 11:31; Gal 6:17 v.l.; Eph 1:15; 1 Th 2:15; 4:2; 2 Th 1:7; 2:8; Phlm 5.—ὁ κ. Ἰησοῦς Χριστός Ac 11:17; 28:31; Ro 13:14; 2 Cor 13:13; Phil 4:23; 2 Th 3:6; Phlm 25; 1 Cl 21:6 (Ar. 15, 1). Without the art. mostly in introductions to letters Ro 1:7; 1 Cor 1:3; 2 Cor 1:2; Gal 1:3; Eph 1:2; 6:23; Phil 1:2; 3:20; 1 Th 1:1; 2 Th 1:2, 12b; 1 Ti 5:21 v.l.; Js 1:1; Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς κ. 2 Cor 4:5; Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. Col 2:6. Χριστὸς ὁ κ. 2 Cl 9:5. In an appeal κύριε Ἰησοῦ (cp. Sb 8316, 5f κύριε Σάραπι; PGM 7, 331 κύριε Ἄνουβι) Ac 7:59; Rv 22:20. κύριε AcPl Ha 7:30f, 40.—W. gen. of pers. (in many places the mss. vary considerably in adding or omitting this gen.) ὁ κ. μου ISm 5:2. ὁ κ. ἡμῶν 2 Ti 1:8; Hb 7:14; IPhld ins; ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Ac 20:21; 1 Cor 5:4; 2 Cor 1:14; 1 Th 2:19; 3:11, 13; 2 Th 1:8; Hb 13:20. Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. ἡμῶν 1 Cor 9:1. ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Χριστός Ro 16:18 (the only pass. in Paul without Ἰησοῦς). ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Χριστός Ac 15:26; Ro 5:1, 11; 15:6, 30; 1 Cor 1:2, 7f, 10; 6:11 v.l.; 15:57; 2 Cor 1:3; 8:9; Gal 6:14, 18; Eph 1:3; 5:20; 6:24; Col 1:3; 1 Th 1:3; 5:9, 23, 28; 2 Th 2:1, 14, 16; 3:18; 1 Ti 6:3, 14; Js 2:1; 1 Pt 1:3; 2 Pt 1:8, 14, 16; Jd 4, 17, 21 (also TestSol 1:12 D). ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Χριστός Ἰησοῦς AcPlCor 2:5; cp. AcPl Ha 8, 17=Ox 1602, 20f/BMM recto 22. Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ro 1:4; 5:21; 7:25; 1 Cor 1:9; Jd 25 (Just., D. 41, 4). (ὁ) Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. ἡμῶν Ro 6:11 v.l., 23; 8:39; 1 Cor 15:31; Eph 3:11; 1 Ti 1:2, 12; 2 Ti 1:2 (ὁ ἡμέτερος κ. Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς Just., D. 32, 3 and 47, 5 al.). Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς ὁ κ. μου Phil 3:8. ὁ κ. μου Χριστὸς Ἰησοῦς AcPl Ha 7, 29. ὁ κ. αὐτῶν Rv 11:8.—W. other genitives: πάντων κ. Lord over all (cp. Pind., I. 5, 53 Ζεὺς ὁ πάντων κ.; Plut., Mor. 355e Osiris; PGM 13, 202) Ac 10:36; Ro 10:12. κ. κυρίων (cp. En 9:4) Rv 17:14; 19:16.—That ‘Jesus is κύριο’ (perh. ‘our κύριος is Jesus’) is the confession of the (Pauline) Christian church: Ro 10:9; 1 Cor 12:3; cp. 8:6; Phil 2:11 (on the latter pass. s. under ἁρπαγμός and κενόω 1. Cp. also Diod S 5, 72, 1: after Zeus was raised ἐκ γῆς εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν, there arose in the ψυχαῖς of all those who had experienced his benefactions, the belief ὡς ἁπάντων τῶν γινομένων κατὰ οὐρανὸν οὗτος εἴη κύριος; s. also 3, 61, 6 Zeus acclaimed ‘God and Lord’).—In J the confession takes the form ὁ κύριός μου καὶ ὁ θεός μου J 20:28 (on the combination of κύριος and θεός s. θεός, beg., and 3c).—JFitzmyer, The Semitic Background of the NT Kyrios-Title: A Wandering Aramaean—Collected Aramaic Essays ’79, 115–42; s. also 87–90.δ. In some places it is not clear whether God or Christ is meant, cp. Ac 9:31; 1 Cor 4:19; 7:17; 2 Cor 8:21; Col 3:22b; 1 Th 4:6; 2 Th 3:16 al.ε. of other transcendent beingsא. an angel Ac 10:4 (JosAs 14:6 al.; GrBar 4:1 al.; ApcZeph). p. 129 Denis.ב. in contrast to the one κύριος of the Christians there are θεοὶ πολλοὶ καὶ κύριοι πολλοί many gods and many lords 1 Cor 8:5 (cp. Dt 10:17); we cannot say just what difference, if any, Paul makes betw. these θεοί and κύριοι; unless we have here an hendiadys, the apostle may imply that the κ. are of lower rank than the θ. (sim. Did., Gen. 248, 5. On the many θεοί and lesser divinities cp. Maximus Tyr. 11, 5ab θεὸς εἷς πάντων βασιλεὺς κ. πατήρ, κ. θεοὶ πολλοί, θεοῦ παῖδες [= δαίμονες 11, 12a], συνάρχοντες θεοῦ. Ταῦτα κ. ὁ Ἕλλην λέγει, κ. ὁ βάρβαρος; 8, 8ef. Also Diog. L. 8, 23 the saying of Pythagoras, that humankind must τοὺς θεοὺς δαιμόνων προτιμᾶν=honor the deities more than the divinities or demi-gods δαίμονες; Heraclitus, Fgm. 5 divides the celestial realm into θεοὶ καὶ ἥρωες. S. also κυριότης 3 and, in a way, PGM 36, 246 κύριοι ἄγγελοι; s. also θεός 1).—On the whole word s. WGraf Baudissin, Kyrios als Gottesname im Judentum u. s. Stelle in d. Religionsgesch., 4 vols. 1926–29; SvenHerner, Die Anwendung d. Wortes κ. im NT 1903; Dssm., LO 298ff [LAE 353ff]; BBacon, Jesus as Lord: HTR 4, 1911, 204–28; WHeitmüller, ZNW 13, 1912, 333ff; HBöhlig, D. Geisteskultur v. Tarsos 1913, 53ff, Zum Begriff κύριος bei Pls: ZNW 14, 1913, 23ff, ʼΕν κυρίῳ: Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 170ff; WBousset, Kyrios Christos2 1921 [Engl. tr. JSteely ’70]; PWern-le, ZTK 25, 1915, 1–92; PAlthaus, NKZ 26, 1915, 439ff; 513ff; Heitmüller, ZTK 25, 1915, 156ff; Bousset, Jesus der Herr 1916; GVos, The Continuity of the Kyrios Title in the NT: PTR 13, 1915, 161–89, The Kyrios Christos Controversy: ibid. 15, 1917, 21–89; EWeber, Zum Gebrauch der κύριος-Bez.: NKZ 31, 1920, 254ff; ERohde, Gottesglaube u. Kyriosglaube bei Paulus: ZNW 22, 1923, 43ff; RSeeberg, D. Ursprung des Christenglaubens 1914; JWeiss, D. Urchristentum 1917, 351ff; Ltzm., Hdb. exc. on Ro 10:9; Burton, ICC Gal 1921, 399–404; WFoerster, Herr ist Jesus 1924; AFrövig, D. Kyriosglaube des NTs 1928; ELohmeyer, Kyr. Jesus 1928; EvDobschütz, Κύριος Ἰησοῦς: ZNW 30, ’31, 97–123 (lit.); OMichel, D. Christus des Pls: ZNW 32, ’33, 6–31; also 28, 1929, 324–33; Dodd 9–11; LCerfaux, ‘Kyrios’ dans les citations paul. de l’AT: ETL 20, ’43, 5–17; FGrant, An Introd. to NT Thought ’50, 130–37; PÉLangevin, Jésus Seigneur ’67; IPotterie, BRigaux Festschr. ’70, 117–46 (Luke); JKingsbury, JBL 94, ’75, 246–55 (Mt); FDanker, Luke ’87, 60–81; DZeller, 925–28 (lit.).—B. 1330. Schürer II 326. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv. -
32 अगस्ति _agasti
अगस्ति [विन्ध्याख्यं अगं अस्यति; अस्-क्तिच् शकन्ध्वादि˚, Uṇ.4. 179, or अगं विन्ध्याचलं स्त्यायति +स्तभ्नाति, स्त्यै-क; or अगः कुम्भः तत्र स्त्यानः संहतः इत्यगस्त्यः]1 'Pitcher-born,' N. of a celebrated Ṛiṣi or sage.-2 N. of the star Canopus, of which Agastya is the regent.-3 N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष) Sesbana (or Ӕschynomene) Grandiflora [Mar. रुईमंदार]. [The sage Agastya is a very reputed personage in Hindu mythology. In the Ṛigveda he and Vasiṣṭha are said to be the off-springs of Mitra and Varuṇa, whose seed fell from them at the sight of the lovely nymph Urvaśī at a sacrificial session. Part of the seed fell into a jar and part into water; from the former arose Agastya, who is, therefore, called Kumbhayoni, Kumbhajanman, Ghaṭodbhava, Kalaśayoni &c; from the latter Vasiṣṭha. From his parentage Agastya is also called Maitrāvaruṇi, Aurvaśeya, and, as he was very small when he was born, he is also called Mānya. He is represented to have humbled the Vindhya mountains by making them prostrate themselves before him when they tried to rise higher and higher till they wellnigh occupied the sun's disc and obstructed his path. See Vindhya. (This fable is supposed by some, to typify the progress of the Āryas towards the south in their conquest and civilization of India, the humbling of the mountain standing meta- phorically for the removal of physical obstacles in their way). He is also known by the names of Pītābdhi, Samudra-chuluka &c.; from another fable according to which he drank up the ocean because it had offended him and because he wished to help Indra and the gods in their wars with a class of demons called Kāleyas who had hid themselves in the waters and oppressed the three worlds in various ways. His wife was Lopāmudrā. She was also called Kauṣītakī and Varapradā. She bore him two sons, Dṛḍhāsya and Dṛḍhāsyu. In the Rāmāyaṇa Agastya plays a distinguished part. He dwelt in a hermitage on mount Kunjara to the south of the Vindhya and was chief of the hermits of the south. He kept under control the evil spirits who infested the south and a legend relates how he once ate up a Rākṣasa named Vātāpi, who had assumed the form of a ram, and destroyed by a flash of his eye the Rākṣasa's brother who attempted to avenge him. In the course of his wandering Rāma with his wife and brother came to the hermitge of Agastya who received him with the greatest kindness and became his friend, adviser and protector. He gave Rāma the bow of Viṣṇu and accompanied him to Ayodhyā when he was restored to his kingdom after his exile of 14 years. The superhuman power which the sage possessed, is also represented by another legend, according to which he turned king Nahuṣa into a serpent and afterwards restored him to his proper form. In the south he is usually regarded as the first teacher of science and literature to the primitive Dravidian tribes, and his era is placed by Dr. Caldwell in the 7th or 6th century B.C. The Purāṇas represent Agastya as the son of Pulastya (the sage from whom the Rākṣsas sprang) and Havirbhuvā the daughter of Kardama. Several 'hymn-seers' are mentioned in his family, such as his two sons, Indra- bāhu, Mayobhuva and Mahendra, also others who served to perpetuate the family. The sage is represented as a great philosopher, benevolent and kind-hearted, unsurpassed in the science of archery and to have taken a principal part in the colonization of the south; निर्जितासि मया भद्रे शत्रुहस्तादमर्षिणा । अगस्त्येन दुराधर्षा मुनिना दक्षिणेव .दिक् ॥ Rām; अगस्त्याचरितामाशाम् R.4.44; cf. also; अगस्त्यो दक्षिणामाशामाश्रित्य नभसिः स्थितः । वरुणस्यात्मजो योगी विन्ध्यवातापिमर्दनः ॥ and R.6.61; Mv.7.14.] अगस्तितुल्या हि घृताब्धिशोषणे । Udbhaṭa. -
33 अर्जुन _arjuna
अर्जुन a. [अर्ज्-उनन् णिलुक् च Uṇ.3.58] (-ना, -नी f.).1 White, clear, bright, of the colour of day; अहश्च कृष्णमहरर्जुनं च Rv.6.9.1; पिशङ्गमौञ्जीयुजमर्जुनच्छविम् Śi.1.6.-2 Silvery; यत्र वः प्रेङ्खा हरिता अर्जुना Av.4.37.5.-नः 1 The white colour.-2 A peacock.-3 A sort of cutaneous disease.-4 A tree (Mar. अर्जुनसादडा), with useful rind; Mb.3.64.3.-5 N. of the third Pāṇḍava who was a son of Kuntī by Indra and hence called ऐन्द्रि also. [Arjuna was so called because he was 'white' or 'pure in actions' (पृथिव्यां चतुरन्तायां वर्णो मे दुर्लभः समः । करोमि कर्म शुद्धं च तेन मामर्जनं विदुः). He was taught the use of arms by Droṇa and was his favourite pupil. By his skill in arms he won Draupadī at her Svayaṁvara (see Draupadī). For an involuntary transgression he went into temporary exile and during that time he learnt the science of arms from Paraśurāma. He married Ulūpī, a Nāga Princess, by whom he had a son named Irāvat, and also Chitrāṅgadā, daughter of the king of Maṇipura, who bore him a son named Babhruvāhana. During this exile he visited Dvārakā, and with the help and advice of Kṛiṣṇa succeeded in marrying Subhadrā. By her he had a son named Abhimanyu. Afterwards he obtained the bow (Gāṇḍiva from the god Agni whom he assisted in burning the Khāṇḍva forest. When Dharma, his eldest brother, lost the kingdom by gambling, and the five brothers went into exile, he went to the Himālayas to propitiate the gods and to obtain from them celestial weapons for use in the contemplated war against Kauravas. There he fought with Śiva who appeared in the disguise of a Kirāta; but when he discovered the true character of his adversary he worshipped him and Śiva gave him the Pāśupatāstra. Indra, Varuṇa, Yama and Kubera also presented him with their own weapons. In the 13th year of their exile, the Pāṇḍavas entered the service of the King of Virāṭa and he had to act the part of a eunuch, and music and dancing master. In the great war with the Kauravas Arjuna took a very distinguished part. He secured the assistance of Kṛiṣṇa who acted as his charioteer and related to him the Bhagavadgītā when on the first day of the battle he hesitated to bend his bow against his own kinsmen. In the course of the great struggle he slew or vanquished several redoubtable warriors on the side of the Kauravas, such as Jayadratha, Bhīṣma, Karṇa &c. After Yudhiṣṭhira had been installed sovereign of Hastināpura, he resolved to perform the Aśvamedha sacrifice, and a horse was let loose with Arjuna as its guardian. Arjuna followed it through many cities and Countries and fought with many kings. At the city of Maṇipura he had to fight with his own son Babhruvāhana and was killed; but he was restored to life by a charm supplied by his wife Ulūpī. He traversed the whole of Bharata- khaṇda and returned to Hastināpura, loaded with spoils and tributes, and the great horse-sacrifice was then duly performed. He was afterwards called by Kṛiṣna to Dvārakā amid the internecine struggles of the Yādavas and there he performed the funeral ceremonies of Vasudeva and Kṛiṣṇa. Soon after this the five Pāṅdavas repaired to heaven having installed Parīkṣit -the only surviving son of Abhimanyu-- on the throne of Hastināpura. Arjuna was the bravest of the Pāṇdavas, high-minded, generous, upright, handsome and the most prominent figure of all his brothers. He has several appellations, such a Pārtha, Gudākeśa, Savyasāchī, Dhanañjaya, Phālguna, Kirītin, Jīṣṇu, Śvetavāhana, Gāṇḍivin &c.] cf. अर्जनः फाल्गुनो जिष्णुः किरीटी श्वेतवाहनः । बीभत्सुर्विजयः कृष्णः सव्यसाची धनञ्जयः ॥-6 N. of Kārtavīrya, slain by Parasurāma See कार्तवीर्य.-7 N. of a country Bṛi. S.14. 25.-8 The only son of his mother.-9 N. of Indra.-1 N. of a tree, Jerminalia Arjuna (Mar. अईन). The tree is rarer in south India. The colour of its bark is white. It is a forest-tree bearing fragrant flowers appearing in panicles like those of the Mango-tree.-नी 1 A procuress, bawd.-2 A cow. तथार्जुनीनां कपिला वरिष्ठा Mb.13.73.42.-3 A kind of serpent; अर्जुनि पुनर्वोयन्तु˚ Av.2.24.7.-4 N. of Uṣhā, wife of Aniruddha.-5 N. of a river com- monly called करतोया.-6 (न्यौ, -न्यः dual and pl.) N. of the constellation Phalgunī. अघासु हन्यन्ते गावो$र्जुन्योः पर्युह्यते Rv.1.85.13.-नम् 1 Silver. वीरुद्भिष्टे अर्जुनं संविदानम् Av.5.28.5.-2 Gold.-3 Slight inflammation of the white of the eye.-4 Grass.-न<?> (Pl.) The descend- ants of Arjuna; cf. अर्जुनः ककुभे पार्थे कार्तवीर्यमयूरयोः । मातुरेकसुते वृक्षे धवले नयनामये । तृणभेदे गवि स्त्री स्यात्...Nm.-Comp. -अभ्रम N. of a medicament.-ईश्वरतीर्थम् N. of a holy place. Siva P.-उपमः the teak tree; also शाकद्रुम and महापत्राख्यवृक्ष.-काण्ड a. having a white stem or appendage. बभ्रोरर्जनकाण्डस्य यवस्य ते Av.2.8.3.-च्छवि a. white, of a white colour.-ध्वजः 'white- bannered', N. of Hanūmat.-पाकी N. of a plant and its fruits.-बदरः The fibre of the Arjuna plant; अर्जुन- बदरा मेखलाः क्रियन्ताभू । ŚB. on MS.9.4.25-मिश्रः Name of a commentator on the Mb.-सखिः (L.) Kriṣṇa.-सिंहः N. of a prince (Inscriptions). -
34 गो _gō
गो m. f. (Nom. गौः) [गच्छत्यनेन, गम् करणे डो Tv.]1 Cattle, kine (pl.)-2 Anything coming from a cow; such as milk, flesh, leather &c.-3 The stars; वि रश्मिभिः ससृजे सूर्यो गाः Rv.7.36.1.-4 The sky.-5 The thunder- bolt of Indra; Ki.8.1.-6 A ray of light; नान्यस्तप्ता विद्यते गोषु देव Mb.1.232.11; बालो$यं गिरिशिखरेषु चारयन् गाः त्रैलोक्यं तिमिरभरेण दुष्टमेतत् (रविः नैर्मल्यं नयति) । Rām. Ch. 7.6.-7 A diamond.-8 Heaven.-9 An arrow. -f.1 A cow; जुगोप गोरूपधरामिवोर्वीम् R.2.3; क्षीरिण्यः सन्तु गावः Mk.1.6.-2 The earth; दुदोह गां स यज्ञाय R.1.26; गामात्तसारां रघुरप्यवेक्ष्य 5.26;11.36; Bg.15.13; सेको$- नुगृह्णातु गाम् Mu.3.2; Me.3; cf. also the quotation for (-6).-3 Speech, words; कुलानि समुपेतानि गोभिः पुरुषतो$- र्थतः Mb.5.28; रघोरुदारामपि गां निशम्य R.5.12;2.59; Ki.4.2.-4 The goddess of speech, Sarasvatī.-5 A mother.-6 A quarter of the compass.-7 Water; सायं भेजे दिशं पश्चाद्गविष्ठो गां गतस्तदा Bhāg.1.1.36; also pl.; Bhāg.11.7.5.-8 The eye; गोकर्णा सुमुखी कृतेन इषुणा गोपुत्रसंप्रेषिता Mb.8.9.42.-9 A region of the sky. -m. A bull, an ox; असंजातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P.1; Ms.4.72; cf. चरद्गव.-2 The hair of the body.-3 An organ of sense; अदान्तगोभिर्विशतां तमिस्रं पुनः पुनश्चर्वितचर्वणानाम् Bhāg..7.5.3.-4 The sign Taurus of the zodiac; Bṛi. S.49.-5 The sun.-6 The number 'nine' (in math.).-7 The moon.-8 A singer.-9 A billion.-1 A cow-sacrifice-11 A house; cf. गौर्वज्रं गौः प्रभा भूमिर्वाणी तोयं त्रिविष्टपम् । धेनुर्बस्तो वृषो दिग्गौर्नेत्रं लज्जा गुरू रमा ॥ इन्द्रियं श्रीरुमा... Enm.-Comp. -कण्टकः, -कम् 1 a road or spot trodden down by oxen and thus made im- passable.-2 the cow's hoof.-3 the print of a cow's hoof.-कर्ण a. having cow's ears.(-र्णः) 1 a cow's ear; गोकर्णसदृशौ कृत्वा करावाबद्धसारणौ Ks.6.57.-2 a mule.-3 a snake; Mb.8.9.42.-4 a span (from the tip of the thumb to that of the ring-finger); गोकर्णशिथिल- श्चरन् Mb.2.68.75; तालः स्मृतो मध्यमया गोकर्णश्चाप्यनामया Brahmāṇḍa P.-5 N. of a place of pilgrimage in the south, sacred to Śiva. श्रितगोकर्णनिकेतमीश्वरम् R.8.33.-6 a kind of deer.-7 a kind of arrow; Mb.8.9.42.-किराटा -किराटिका the Sārikā bird.-किलः, -कीलः 1 a plough-2 a pestle.-कुलम् 1 a herd of kine; वृष्टिव्याकुलगोकुलावनरसादुद्धृत्य गोवर्धनम् Gīt.4; गोकुलस्य तृषा- र्तस्य Mb.-2 a cow-house.-3 N. of a village (where Kṛiṣṇa was brought up).-कुलिक a.1 one who does not help a cow in the mud.-2 squint-eyed.-कुलोद्भवा an epithet of Durgā.-कृतम् cow-dung.-क्षीरम् cow's milk.-क्षुरम्, -रकम् a cow's hoof.-खरः a beast (पशु); यत्तीर्थबुद्धिः सलिले न कर्हिचिज्जनेष्वभिज्ञेषु स एव गोखरः Bhāg.1.84.13.-खा a nail.-गृष्टिः a young cow which has had only one calf.-गोयुगम् a pair of oxen.-गोष्ठम् a cow-pen, cattle-shed.-ग्रन्थिः 1 dried cowdung.-2 a cow-house.-ग्रहः capture of cattle (गवालम्भ); Mb.12.265.2.-ग्रासः the ceremony of offering a morsel (of grass) to a cow when performing an expiatory rite.-घातः, -घातकः, -घातिन् m. a cow-killer.-घृतम् 1 rain-water.-2 clarified butter coming from a cow.-घ्न a.1 destructive to cows.-2 one who has killed a cow.-3 one for whom a cow is killed, a guest.-चन्दनम् a kind of sandal-wood.-चर a.1 grazed over by cattle.-2 frequenting, dwelling, resorting to, haunting पितृसद्मगोचरः Ku.5.77.-3 within the scope, power, or range of; अवाङ्मनसगोचरम् R.1.15; so बुद्धि˚, दृष्टि˚, श्रवण˚ स्वगोचरे दीप्ततरा बभूव Bu. Ch.1.13.-4 moving on earth.-5 accessible to, attainable; त्याग- सूक्ष्मानुगः क्षेम्यः शौचगो ध्यागोचरः Mb.12.236.12.-6 circulating, having a particular meaning, prevalent.(-रः) 1 the range of cattle, pasturage; उपारताः पश्चिम- रात्रिगोचरात् Ki.4.1.-2 (a) a district, department, province, sphere. (b) an abode, dwelling-place, a place of resort; Śi.1.21; Ms.1.39.-3 range of the organs of sense, an object of sense; श्रवणगोचरे तिष्ठ be within ear-shot; नयनगोचरं या to become visible.-4 scope, range, in general; हर्तुर्याति न गोचरम् Bh.2.16.-5 (fig.) grip, hold, power, influence, control; कः कालस्य न गोचरा- न्तरगतः Pt.1.146; गोचरीभूतमक्ष्णोः U.6.26; Māl.5.24; अपि नाम मनागवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1.-6 horizon.-7 field for action, scope; इन्द्रियाणि हयानाहुर्विषयांस्तेषु गोचरान् Kaṭh.3.4.-8 the range of the planets from the Lagna or from each other.˚पीडा in- auspicious position of stars within the ecliptic; गोचर- पीडायामपि राशिर्बलिभिः शुभग्रहैर्दृष्टः (पीडां न करोति) Bṛi.S.41.13. (गोचरीकृ to place within the range (of sight), make current).-चर्मन् n.1 a cow's hide.-2 a particular measure of surface thus defined by Vasiṣṭha:-- दशहस्तेन वंशेन दशवंशान् समन्ततः । पञ्च चाभ्यधिकान् दद्यादेतद्गोचर्म चोच्यते ॥ ˚वसनः an epithet of Śiva.-चर्या seeking food like a cow; गोचर्यां नैगमश्चरेत् Bhāg.11.18.29.-चारकः cowherd.-चरणम् the tending or feeding of cows; Bhāg.1.38.8.-ज a.1 born in the earth (rice &c.).-2 produced by milk; अब्जा गोजा...... Kaṭh.5.2.-जरः an old ox or bull; नाद्रियन्ते यथापूर्वं कीनाशा इव गोजरम् Bhāg.3.3.13.-जलम् the urine of a bull or cow.-जागरिकम् auspi- ciousness, happiness. (-कः) a preparer of food, baker.-जात a. born in the heaven (gods); गोजाता अप्या मृळता च देवाः Rv.6.5.11.-जिह्वा N. of a plant (Mar. पाथरी).-जिह्विका the uvula.-जीव a. living on cattle (milk- man); Hch.1.7.-तल्लजः an excellent bull or cow.-तीर्थम् a cowhouse.-त्रम् [गां भूमिं त्रायते त्रै-क]1 a cow-pen.-2 a stable in general.-3 a family, race, lineage; गोत्रेण माठरो$स्मि Sk.; so कौशिकगोत्राः, वसिष्ठगोत्राः &c.; Ms.3.19,9.141.-4 a name, appellation; जगाद गोत्र- स्खलिते च का न तम् N.1.3; Ś.6.5; see ˚स्खलित below; मद्गोत्राङ्कं विरचितपदं गेयमुद्गातुकामा Me.88.-5 a multitude.-6 increase.-7 a forest.-8 a field.-9 a road.-1 possessions, wealth.-11 an umbrella, a parasol.-12 knowledge of futurity.-13 a genus, class, species.-14 a caste, tribe, caste according to families. (-त्रः) a mountain; 'गोत्रं नाम्नि कुले$प्यद्रौ' इति यादवः; Śi.9.8. Hence गोत्रोद्दलनः means Indra; cf. इन्द्रे तु गोत्रोद्दलनः कुलघ्ने गिरिदारणे Nm.(-त्रा) 1 a multitude of cows.-2 the earth.˚उच्चारः recitation of family pedigree.˚कर्तृ, -कारिन् m. the founder of a family.˚कीला the earth.˚ज a. born in the same family, gentile, a relation; Bhāg.3.7.24; Y.2.135.˚पटः a genealogical table, pedigree.˚प्रवरः the oldest member or founder of a family.-भिद् m. an epithet of Indra; हृदि क्षतो गोत्रभिदप्यमर्षणः R.3.53;6.73; Ku.2.52.˚स्खलनम्, ˚स्खलितम् blundering or mistaking in calling (one) by his name, calling by a wrong name; स्मरसि स्मर मेखलागुणैरुत गौत्रस्खलितेषु बन्धनम् Ku.4.8.-द a. giving cows; Ms.4.231. (-दः) brain. (-दा) N. of the river Godāvarī.-दत्र a. Ved. giving cows. (-त्रः) an epithet of Indra. (-त्रम्) a crown (pro- tecting the head).-दन्त a. armed with a coat of mail.(-तम्) 1 yellow orpiment.-2 a white fossil substance.-दानम् 1 the gift of a cow.-2 the ceremony of tonsure or cutting the hair; रामलक्ष्मणयो राजन् गोदानं कारयस्व ह Rām.1.71.23; अथास्य गोदानविधेरनन्तरम् R.3. 33; (see Mallinātha's explanation of the word); कृत- गोदानमङ्गलाः U.1; अतोनं गोदानं दारकर्म च Kau. A.1.5; (Rām. explains the word differently).-3 the part of the head close to the right ear.-दाय a. intending to give cows.-दारणम् 1 a plough.-2 a spade, hoe.-दा, -दावरी N. of a river in the south.-दुह् m.,-दुहः 'cow-milker', a cowherd; सुदुघामिव गोदुहे R.1.4.1; चिरं निदध्यौ दुहतः स गोदुहः Śi.-दोहः 1 the milking of cows.-2 the milk of cows.-3 the time of milking cows.-दोहनम् 1 the time of milking cows.-2 the milking of cows; न लक्ष्यते ह्यवस्थानमपि गोदोहनं क्वचित् Bhāg.1.19. 4.-दोहनी a milk-pail.-द्रवः the urine of a bull or cow.-धनम् 1 a herd or multitude of cows, cattle.-2 possession of cows. (-नः) a broad-pointed arrow.-धरः a mountain.-धर्मः the law of cattle, rules relating to cattle; (open and unconcealed intercourse of the sexes); गोधर्मं सौरभेयाच्च सो$धीत्य निखिलं मुनिः । प्रावर्तत तदा कर्तुं श्रद्धावांस्तमशङ्कया ॥ Mb.1.14.26.-धुमः, -धूमः 1 wheat; Bṛi. Up.6.3.13.-2 the orange. ˚चूर्णम् wheat flour;-सम्भवम् a sour paste.-धूलिः 'dust of the cows', the time of sunset or evening twilight (so called be- cause cows, which generally return home at about sunset, raise up clouds of dust by their treading on the earth).-धेनुः a milch-cow with a calf.-भ्रः a mountain.-नन्दा an epithet of the wife of Śiva.-नन्दी the female of the Sārasa bird.-नर्दः 1 the (Indian) crane.-2 an epithet of Śiva (bellowing like a bull).-3 N. of a country.-नर्दीयः an epithet of Patañjali, author of the Mahābhāṣya.-नसः, -नासः 1 a kind of snake.-2 a kind of gem.-नसा the mouth of a cow.-नाथः 1 a bull.-2 an owner of land.-3 a herdsman.-4 an owner of kine.-नायः a cowherd; तद्यथा गोनायो$श्वनायः पुरुषनाय इत्येवं तदप आचक्षते$शनायेति Ch. Up.6.8.3.-नाशनः a wolf.-नासा the projecting snout of a cow or ox.-नासम् a kind of gem.-निष्यन्दः cow's urine.-पः 1 a cowherd (considered as belonging to a mixed tribe); गोपवेशस्य विष्णोः Me.15.-2 the chief of a cowpen.-3 the superintendent of a village.-4 a king.-5 a protector, guardian; Rv.1.61.1.˚अनसी the wood of a thatch; गोपानसीषु क्षणमास्थितानाम् Śi.3.49.˚अष्टमी the eighth day of the bright fortnight of Kārttika when Kṛiṣṇa is said to have worn the dress of a cowherd.˚आटविका a cowherd.˚कन्या 1 the daughter of a cowherd.-2 a nymph of Vṛindāvana.˚अध्यक्षः, ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः the chief of herdsmen, an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa.˚चापः the rainbow.˚दलः the betel-nut tree.˚भद्रम् the fibrous root of a water-lily.˚रसः gum myrrh.˚राष्ट्राः (pl.) N. of a people. ˚वधूः f. a cowherd's wife; Bhāg.1.9.4. ˚वधूटी a young cowherdess, a young wife of a cowherd; गोपवधूटीदुकूलचौराय Bhāṣā P.1.(-पकः) 1 the superin- tendent of a district.-2 myrrh.(-पिका) 1 a cowher- dess; Bhāg.1.9.14-15.-2 protectress. (-पी) a cowherd's wife (especially applied to the cowherdesses of Vṛindāvana, the companions of Kṛiṣṇa in his juvenile sports).-2 a milk-maid.-3 a protectress.-4 Nature, elementary nature.-पतिः 1 an owner of cows.-2 a bull.-3 a leader, chief.-4 the sun; नीहारमिव गोपतिः Bhāg.1.12.1; Mb.1.173.32.-5 Indra; सुराङ्गना गोपतिचापगोपुरं पुरम् (जहुः) Ki.8.1.-6 N. of Kṛiṣṇa.-7 N. of Śiva.-8 N. of Varuṇa; एष पुत्रो महाप्रज्ञो वरुणस्येह गोपतेः Mb.5.98.11.-9 a king; नासतो विद्यते राजन् स ह्यरण्येषु गोपतिः Mb.12.135.26.-पथः N. of a Brāhmaṇa of Av.-पर्वतम् the name of the place where Pāṇini is said to have performed penance and propitiated Śiva; गोपर्वतमिति स्थानं शम्भोः प्रख्यापितं मया । यत्र पाणिनिना लेभे वैयाकरणिकाग्ऱ्यता ॥ अरुणाचलमाहात्म्यम्- उत्तरार्धः 2 अ. 68 श्लो.-पशुः a sacrificial cow.-पाः m. Ved.1 a herdsman.-2 protector, or guardian; मन्द्राग्रे- त्वरी भुवनस्य गोपा Av.2.1.57.-पानसी a curved beam which supports a thatch; गोपानसी तु वलभिच्छादने वक्रदारुणि Ak.2.2.15.-पालः 1 a cowherd; Ms.4.253.-2 a king.-3 an epithet of Śiva.-4 an epithet of Kṛ&iṣṇa. ˚धानी a cow-pen, cow-shed.-पालकः 1 a cowherd.-2 a king.-3 an epithet of Śiva; also of Kṛiṣṇa.-पालिः an epithet of Śiva.-पालिका, -पाली the wife of a cowherd; पार्थः प्रस्थापयामास कृत्वा गोपालिकावपुः Mb.1.221.19.-पालितः N. of a lexicographer.-पित्तम् bile of cows, ox-bile (from which the yellow pigment गोरोचना is prepared; गोपित्ततो रोचना Pt.1.94.).-पीतः a species of wagtail.-पीथः protection; अस्माकमृषीणां गोपीथे न उरुष्यतम् Rv.5.65.6. (-थम्) a holy place, a place of pilgrimage.-पुच्छम् a cow's tail.-2 a particular point of an arrow.(-च्छः) 1 a sort of monkey; Bhāg.8.2.22.-2 a sort of necklace consisting of two or four or thirty-four strings.-3 a kind of drum.-पुटिकम् the head of Śiva's bull.-पुत्रः 1 a young bull.-2 an epithet of Karṇa.-पुरम् 1 a town-gate; उत्तुङ्गसौधसुरमन्दिरगोपुरम् Māl.9.1.-2 a principal gate; दधतमुच्चशिलान्तरगोपुराः Ki.5.5.-3 the ornamental gate- way of a temple.-पुरीषम् cowdung.-प्रकाण्डम् an ex- cellent cow or bull.-प्रचारः pasture-ground, pasturage for cattle; ग्राम्येच्छया गोप्रचारो भूमी राजवशेन वा Y.2.166.-प्रत (ता) रः 1 a ford for cattle.-2 a place of pilgrimage on the Śarayū; यद्गोप्रतरकल्पो$भूत्संमर्दस्तत्र मज्जताम् । अतस्तदाख्यया तीर्थं पावनं भुवि पप्रथे ॥ R.15.11.-प्रदानम् same as गोदान.-प्रवेशः the time when cows return home, sunset or evening-twilight; गोप्रवेशसमये Bṛi. S.24.35.-फणा 1 a bandage hollowed out so as to fit the chin or nose &c.-2 a sling.-बालः the hair of cows.-भुज् m. a king; गोभुजां वल्लभा लक्ष्मीः Rāj. T.5.6.-भृत् m.1 a mountain.-2 a king.-मक्षिका a gadfly.-मघ a. granting cattle or cows कदा गोमघा हवनानि गच्छाः Rv.6.35.3.-मंडलम् 1 the globe.-2 a multitude of cows.-मण़्डीरः a kind of an aquatic bird; L. D. B.-मतम् = गव्यूति q. v.-मतल्लिका a tract- able cow, an excellent cow; अरिर्मधोरैक्षत गोमतल्लिकाम् Śi.12.41.-मथः a cowherd.-मध्यमध्य a. slender in the waist.-महिषदा N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on कार्तिकेय.-मांसम् beef.-मायु 1 a kind of frog.-2 a jackal; अनुहंकुरुते घनध्वनिं न हि गोमायुरुतानि केसरी Śi.16. 25.-3 bile of a cow.-4 N. of a Gandharva.-मीनः a kind of fish.-मुखः, -मुखम् [गोर्मुखमिव मुखमस्य] a kind of musical instrument; Bg.1.13; गोमुखानां च शृङ्गाणाम- नीकद्वयवर्तिनाम् Śiva. B.24.55.(-खः) 1 a crocodile, shark.-2 a hole of a particular shape in a wall made by thieves.(-खम्) 1 a house built unevenly.-2 spreading unguents, smearing; 'गोमुखं कुटिलाकारे वाद्यभाण्डे विलेपने' इति विश्वः; यस्यामलिन्देषु न चक्रुरेव मुग्धाङ्गना गोमयगो- मुखानि Śi.3.48. (-खम्, -खी) a cloth-bag of the shape of a gnomon containing a rosary, the beads of which are counted by the hand thrust inside.-2 a house built unevenly.-3 a particular method of sitting (a योगासन) (-खी) the chasm in the Himālaya mountains through which the Ganges flows.-मूढ a. stupid as a bull.-मूत्रम् cow's urine.-मूत्रकः a variety of lapis lazuli (बैदूर्य); Kau. A.2.11.-कम् a particular attitude (मण्डल) in गदायुद्ध; दक्षिणं मण्डलं सव्यं गोमूत्रकमथापि च । व्यचर- त्पाण्डवो राजन्नरिं संमोहयन्निव ॥ Mb.9.58.23. -a. zigzagging, going unevenly.-मूत्रिका 1 an artificial verse, the second of which repeats nearly all the syllables of the first. (Malli. thus defines it:-- वर्णानामेकरूपत्वं यद्येकान्तरमर्धयोः गोमूत्रिकेति तत्प्राहुर्दुष्करं तद्विदो विदुः ॥ see Śi.19.46.)-2 a form of calculation.-मृगः a kind of ox (गवय).-मेदः a gem brought from the Himālaya and Indus, des- cribed as of four different colours:-- white, pale-yellow, red, and dark-blue.-मेदकः 1 see गोमेद.-2 a kind of poison (काकोल).-3 smearing the body with unguents.-मेधः, -यज्ञः a cow-sacrifice; Rām.7.25.8.-यानम्, -रथः a carriage drawn by oxen; Rām.2.82.26; Ms. 11.174.-युक्त a. drawn by oxen.-युतम् 1 a cattle station.-2 a measure of two Krośas (गव्यूत); गोयुते गोयुते चैव न्यवसत्पुरुषर्षभः Mb.14.65.22.-रक्षः 1 a cow- herd.-2 keeping or tending cattle.-3 the orange.-4 an epithet of Śiva. ˚जम्बू f. wheat.-रक्षणम् tending cattle (with religious faith).-रङ्कुः 1 a water-fowl-2 a prisoner.-3 a naked man, a mendicant wandering about without clothes.-4 a chanter.-रवम् saffron.-रसः cow's milk.-2 curds.-3 buttermilk.-4 the flavour of a sentence; को रसो गोरसं विना Udb. ˚जम् buttermilk.-राजः an excellent bull.-राटिका, -राटी the Sārikā bird.-रुतम् a measure of dis- tance equal to two Krośas.-रूपम् the form of a cow. (-पः) N. of Śiva.-रोचम् yellow orpiment.-रोचना a bright yellow pigment prepared from the urine or bile of a cow, or found in the head of a cow.-लवणम् a measure of salt given to a cow.-लाङ्गु- (गू) लः a kind of monkey with a dark body, red cheeks and a tail like that of a cow; गोलाङ्गूलः कपोलं छुरयति रजसा कौसुमेन प्रियायाः Māl.9.3.-लोकः a part of heaven, cow-world.-लोभिका, -लोभी 1 a prostitute.-2 white Dūrvā grass.-3 Zedoary.-4 N. of a shrub.-वत्सः a calf. ˚आदिन m. a wolf.-वधः the killing of a cow; Ms.11.59.-वर्धनः a celebrated hill in वृन्दावन the country about Mathurā. ('This hill was lifted up and supported by Kṛiṣṇa upon one finger for seven days to shelter the cowherds from a storm of rain sent by Indra to test Kṛiṣṇa's divinity.') ˚धरः, ˚धरिन् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa.-वरम् pounded cowdung.-वशा a barren cow.-वाटम्, -वासः a cow-pen.-वासन a. covered with an ox-hide.-विकर्तः, -विकर्तृ m.1 the killer of a cow; Mb.4.2.9.-2 a hus- bandman.-विततः a horse-sacrifice having many cows.-विन्दः 1 a cowkeeper, a chief herdsman.-2 N. of Kṛiṣṇa.-3 Bṛihaspati. ˚द्वादशी the twelfth day in the light half of the month of फाल्गुन-विष् f.,-विष्ठा cowdung.-विषाणिकः a kind of musical instrument; Mb.6.44.4.-विसर्गः day-break (when cows are let loose to graze in forests); Rām.7.111.9.-वीथिः f. N. of that portion of the moon's path which contains the asterisms भाद्रपदा, रेवती and अश्विनी, or according to some, हस्त, चित्रा and स्वाती Bṛi. S.9.2.-वीर्यम् the price received for milk.-वृन्दम् a drove of cattle.-वृन्दारकः an excellent bull or cow.-वृषः, -वृषभः an excellent bull; न तां शेकुर्नृपा वोढुमजित्वा सप्त गोवृषान् Bhāg 1.58.33. ˚ध्वजः an epithet of Śiva.-वैद्यः a quack docter.-व्रजः 1 a cow-pen.-2 a herd of cows.-3 a place where cattle graze.-व्रत, -व्रतिन् a. one who imitates a cow in fru- gality;...अत्र गोव्रतिनो विप्राः... ॥ यत्रपत्रशयो नित्यं येन केन- चिदाशितः । येन केनचिदाच्छन्नः स गोव्रत इहोच्यते ॥ Mb.5.99. 13-14.-शकृत् n. cowdung; Ms.2.182.-शतम् a present of a hundred cows to a Brāhmaṇa.-शालम्, -ला a cow-stall.-शीर्षः, -र्षम् a kind of sandal; Kau. A.2.11.-2 a kind of weapon (arrow ?); Mb.7.178. 23.-षड्गवम् three pairs of kine.-षन्, -षा a. Ved. acquiring or bestowing cows.-षा (सा) तिः 1 acquiring cattle; or fighting for cattle. गोषाता यस्य ते गिरः Rv.8.84.7.-2 giving cattle.-ष्टोमः a kind of sacri- fice fasting for one day.-संख्यः a cowherd.-सदृक्षः a species of ox (गवय).-सर्गः the time at which cows are usually let loose, day-break; see गोविसर्ग.-सवः a kind of cow-sacrifice (not performed in the Kali age); Mb.3.3.17.-सहस्रम् a kind of present (महादान). (-स्त्री) N. of two holidays on the fifteenth day of the dark half of कार्तिक and ज्येष्ठ.-सावित्री N. of a hymn (cf. गायत्री).-सूत्रिका a rope fastened at both ends having separate halters for each ox or cow.-स्तनः 1 the udder of a cow.-2 a cluster of blossoms, nosegay &c.-3 a pearl-necklace of four strings.-4 a kind of fort.-स्तना, -नी a bunch of grapes.-स्थानम्, -क्रम् a cow-pen.-स्वामिन् m.1 an owner of cows.-2 a religious mendicant.-3 an honorary title affixed to proper names; (e. g. वोपदेवगोस्वामिन्).-हत्या cow-slaughter.-हल्लम् (sometimes written हन्नम्) cow-dung.-हरः, -हरणम् stealing of cows; गोष्ठमुत्किरति गोहरं वदेत् Bṛi. S.89.9. (v. l.)-हित a. cherishing or protecting kine. (-तः) N. of Viṣṇu. -
35 być
impf (jestem, jesteś, jest, jesteśmy, jesteście, są, byłem, byłeś, był, byliśmy, byliście, byli, będę, będziesz, będzie, będziemy, będziecie, będą) Ⅰ vi 1. (istnieć, żyć) to be- jest wielu znanych aktorów there are many well known actors- nie ma nikogo, kto mógłby to zrobić there’s no one who could do it- czy jest Bóg, czy go nie ma? does God exist, or not?- był sobie kiedyś stary król there was a. lived once an old king- nie było cię jeszcze wtedy na świecie this was before you were born- myślę, więc jestem I think, therefore I am- być albo nie być to be or not to be- to dla nas być albo nie być this is our to be or not to be, this is our Waterloo- nie ma już dla niej ratunku nothing can save her now- jest wiele powodów do zadowolenia there’s good reason to be happy- nie ma powodu do obaw there is no reason a. need to worry- są sprawy, których nigdy nie zrozumiesz there are (certain) things that you’ll never understand- nie ma co płakać/gadać it’s no use crying/talking (about it)- nie ma co żałować (there’s) no need to be sorry- nie ma co a. czego żałować it’s no great loss- nie ma czemu się dziwić, że… it’s no surprise a. wonder that…- nie ma o co się kłócić there’s nothing to quarrel about- nie ma czym się martwić/czego się bać there’s nothing to worry about/to be afraid of- nie ma z czego być dumnym (it’s) nothing to be proud of- nie ma z czego się cieszyć/śmiać there’s nothing to rejoice/to laugh about- „dziękuję za podwiezienie” – „nie ma za co” ‘thanks for the lift’ – ‘don’t mention it’ a. ‘you’re welcome‘- „przepraszam, że panu przerwałem” – „nie ma za co” ‘sorry I interrupted you’ – ‘that’s all right’- już cię/was nie ma! off with you!2. (przebywać, znajdować się) to be- być w pracy/szkole to be at work/at school- być w teatrze/na koncercie to be at the theatre/at a concert- teraz wychodzę, ale będę w domu o piątej I’m going out now, but I’ll be home at five- dzisiaj nie ma go w biurze he’s not in the office today- w pokoju nikogo nie ma/nie było there is/was no-one in the room- jest już piąta, a jego jak nie ma, tak nie ma it’s already five, and he’s still not here a. there’s still no trace of him- „czy jest Robert?” – „nie, nie ma go, jest jeszcze w szkole” ‘is Robert in?’ – ‘no, he’s not, he’s still at school’- „są jeszcze bilety na ostatni seans?” – „niestety, już nie ma” ‘do you still have tickets for the last showing?’ – ‘sorry, all sold out’- czy będziesz jutro w domu? ‘will you be at home a. in home tomorrow?’- kiedy (ona) będzie znowu w Warszawie? when will she be in Warsaw again?- byłem wczoraj u Roberta/u babci I was at Robert’s/granny’s yesterday, I went to see Robert/granny yesterday- był przy narodzinach swojej córki he was present at the birth of his daughter- nigdy nie byłem w Rosji I’ve never been to Russia- „skąd jesteś?” – „(jestem) z Krakowa/Polski” ‘where are you from?’ – ‘(I’m) from Cracow/Poland’- „gdzie jesteś?” – „tutaj!” ‘where are you?’ – ‘(I’m) here!’- „jestem!” (przy odczytywaniu listy) ‘here!’, ‘present’- będąc w Londynie, odwiedziłem Annę when a. while I was in London I went to see Anna- biblioteka jest w budynku głównym the library is in the main building- w jednym pudełku jest dziesięć bateryjek there are ten batteries in a packet- w domu nie było nic do jedzenia there was nothing to eat at home a. in the house- co jest w tym pudle? what’s in this box?- gdzie jest moja książka/najbliższa apteka? where’s my book/the nearest chemist’s?- co jest dzisiaj na lunch? what’s for lunch today?- wczoraj na kolację był dorsz there was cod for dinner yesterday- „dużo masz tych ziemniaków?” – „oj, będzie” pot. ‘got a lot of those spuds?’ – ‘loads’ pot.- będzie, będzie, więcej się nie zmieści pot. that’s plenty a. that’ll do, there’s no room for any more3. (trwać, stawać się) to be- jest godzina druga po południu it’s two in the afternoon a. two p.m.- nie ma jeszcze szóstej rano it’s not yet six a.m.- zanim dotrzemy do domu, będzie ósma wieczorem/północ it’ll be eight p.m./midnight by the time we reach home- był maj it was in May- to było w grudniu 1999 it was in December 1999- to było dawno, dawno temu this was a long, long time ago- jest piękny ranek it’s a fine morning- jest mroźno/upalnie it’s nippy/hot- wczoraj był deszcz/mróz it was raining/freezing yesterday- ciekawe, czy jutro będzie pogoda I wonder if it’s going to be fine tomorrow- nie pamiętam dokładnie, to było dość dawno temu I can’t really remember, it was some time ago- z niego jeszcze coś będzie he’ll turn out all right- co z niego będzie? how will he turn out?, what will become of him?- będzie z niego dobry pracownik he’ll be a good worker- kuchmistrz to z ciebie nie będzie you’ll never make a chef- z tych kwiatów nic już nie będzie these flowers/plants have had it pot.- z naszych planów/wakacji nic nie będzie nothing will come of our plans/holidays- nic z tego nie będzie it’s hopeless- nic dobrego z tego nie będzie nothing good will come of it- tyle pracy i nic z tego nie ma (he’s done) so much work and nothing to show for it4. (odbywać się, zdarzać się) to be- koncert/egzamin jest jutro the concert/exam is tomorrow- zebranie było w sali konferencyjnej the meeting was (held) in the conference room- jutro nie będzie a. nie ma lekcji there are no classes tomorrow- był do ciebie telefon there was a phone call for you- czy były do mnie jakieś telefony? has anyone called me?- był wypadek w kopalni there was an accident in the mine- co będzie, jeśli nie zdasz egzaminu? what’s going to happen if you fail the exam?- co będzie, jeśli ktoś nas zobaczy? supposing a. what if someone sees us?- nie martw się, wszystko będzie dobrze don’t worry, it’ll be a. it’s going to be fine- w życiu bywa rozmaicie you never know what life may bring- opowiedziałem jej wszystko, tak jak było I told her everything just as it happened- co ci/jej jest? what’s the matter with you/her?- coś mi/jemu jest something’s the matter with me/him- czy jemu coś jest? is anything the matter with him?- nic mu nie będzie, to tylko przeziębienie he’ll be fine, it’s only a cold5. (uczestniczyć, uczęszczać) to be- być na weselu/zebraniu to be at a wedding/meeting- wczoraj byliśmy na przyjęciu we were at a reception yesterday- być w liceum/na uniwersytecie to be at secondary school/at university- być na studiach to be a student a. at college- być na prawie/medycynie to study law/medicine- był na trzecim roku anglistyki he was in his third year in the English department- być na kursie komputerowym to be on a computer course- być na wojnie to go to war6. (przybyć) to be, to come- być pierwszym/drugim to be the first/second to arrive- był na mecie trzeci he came third- czy był już listonosz? has the postman been a. come yet?7. (znajdować się w jakimś stanie) to be- być pod urokiem/wrażeniem kogoś/czegoś to be charmed/impressed by sb/sth- być pod wpływem kogoś/czegoś to be under the influence of sb/sth- prowadzić samochód, będąc pod wpływem alkoholu to drive while under the influence of alcohol- być w ciąży to be pregnant- być w dobrym/złym humorze to be in a good/bad mood- nie być w nastroju do zabawy not to feel like going out a. partying- być w doskonałej formie to be in excellent form a. in fine fettle- być w strachu to be scared- być w rozpaczy to be in despair- bądźmy dobrej myśli let’s hope for the best- jestem przed obiadem I haven’t had my lunch yet- jestem już po śniadaniu I’ve already had breakfast- był siedem lat po studiach he had graduated seven years earlier- być po kielichu/po paru kieliszkach pot. to have had a drop/a few euf.- być na diecie to be on a diet- być na kaszce a. kleiku to be on a diet of gruel- być na emeryturze/rencie to be on a pension- sukienka jest do kolan the dress is knee-length- wody było do kostek the water was ankle-deep- firanka była do połowy okna the net curtain reached halfway down the window- chwila nieuwagi i było po wazonie one unguarded moment and the vase was smashed to pieces- jest już po nim/nas! it’s curtains for him/us! pot.- jeszcze chwila i byłoby po mnie another instant and it would have been curtains for me a. would have been all up with me pot.Ⅱ v aux. 1. (łącznik w orzeczeniu złożonym) to be- być nauczycielem/malarzem to be a teacher/painter- kiedy dorosnę, będę aktorem when I grow up, I’ll be an actor- być Polakiem/Duńczykiem to be Polish/Danish- borsuk jest drapieżnikiem the badger is a predator- nie bądź dzieckiem! don’t be childish a. such a child!- jestem Anna Kowalska I’m Anna Kowalska- „cześć, to ty jesteś Robert?” – „nie, jestem Adam” ‘hi, are you Robert? a. you’re Robert, are you?’ – ‘no, I’m Adam’- co to jest – ma cztery nogi i robi „miau”? what (is it that) has four legs and says ‘miaow’?- była wysoka/niska she was tall/short- jest autorką cenioną przez wszystkich she’s an author appreciated by all a. everybody- mój dziadek był podobno bardzo przystojnym mężczyzną my grandfather is said to have been a very handsome man- wciąż jest taka, jaką była za młodu she’s still her old self- kwiaty były żółte i czerwone the flowers were yellow and red- pizza była całkiem dobra the pizza was quite good- pojemnik był z drewna/plastiku the container was made of wood/plastic- z tych listewek byłby ładny latawiec these slats could make a fine kite- wszystko to były jedynie domysły it was all only conjecture- czyj jest ten samochód? whose car is this?, who does this car belong to?- ta książka jest jej/Adama this book is hers/Adam’s, this is her/Adam’s book- żona była dla niego wszystkim his wife was everything to him- nie naśladuj innych, bądź sobą don’t imitate others, be yourself- ta zupa jest zimna this soup is cold- Maria jest niewidoma Maria is blind- jesteś głodny? are you hungry?- Robert jest żonaty/rozwiedziony Robert is married/divorced- są małżeństwem od dziesięciu lat they’ve been married for ten years- bądź dla niej miły be nice to her- bądź tak dobry a. uprzejmy would you mind- bądź tak miły i otwórz okno would you mind opening the window?- czy byłaby pani uprzejma podać mi sól would you be kind enough a. would you be so kind as to pass me the salt?- nie bądź głupi! don’t be a fool!- cicho bądź! be quiet!- być w kapeluszu/kaloszach/spodniach to be wearing a hat/rubber boots/trousers- była w zielonym żakiecie/czarnym berecie she was wearing a green jacket/black beret, she had a green jacket/black beret on- być za kimś/czymś (opowiadać się) to support sb/sth, to be for sb/sth- byłem za tym, żeby nikomu nic nie mówić I was for not telling anyone anything- dwa razy dwa jest cztery two times two is four2. (w stronie biernej) artykuł jest dobrze napisany the article is well written- ściany pokoju były pomalowane na różowo the walls of the room were painted pink- dzieci, które są maltretowane przez rodziców children who are abused by their parents- tak jest napisane w gazecie that’s what it says in the paper- samochód będzie naprawiony jutro the car will be repaired by tomorrow- to musi być zrobione do czwartku this must be done by Thursday- sukienka była uszyta z czarnej wełenki the dress was made of black wool3. (w czasie przyszłym złożonym) shall, will- będzie pamiętał a. pamiętać tę scenę przez cały życie he will remember this scene all his life- będziemy długo go wspominali a. wspominać we shall a. will long remember him4. przest. (w czasie zaprzeszłym) w Krakowie mieszkał był przed trzema laty he would have been living a. was living in Cracow three years ago 5. (w trybie warunkowym) byłbym napisał a. napisałbym był do ciebie, gdybym znał twój adres I would have written to you, had I known your address a. if I had known your address- co by się było stało, gdyby nie jego pomoc what would have happened if it hadn’t been for his help- byłaby spadła ze schodów (omal nie) she almost fell down the stairs- byłbym zapomniał! zabierz ze sobą śpiwór I almost a. nearly forgot! take a sleeping bag with you6. (w zwrotach nieosobowych) było już późno it was already late- jest dopiero wpół do ósmej it’s only half past seven- nie było co jeść there was nothing to eat- za ciepło będzie ci w tym swetrze you’ll be too hot in this jumper- byłoby przyjemnie zjeść razem obiad it would be nice to have lunch together- wychodzić po zmierzchu było niebezpiecznie it was dangerous going out after dark- nie kupić tego mieszkania będzie niewybaczalnym błędem not to buy that a. the flat would be an inexcusable mistake- z chorym było źle/coraz gorzej the patient was bad/getting worse- z dziadkiem jest nienajlepiej grandfather is poorly- wszystko będzie na niego he’ll get all the blame- żeby nie było na mnie I don’t want to get the blame- na imię było jej Maria her name was Maria- było dobrze po północy it was well after midnight- będzie z godzinę/trzy lata temu an hour or so/some three years ago- będzie kwadrans jak wyszedł he must have left fifteen minutes or so ago, it’s been fifteen minutes or so since he left- do najbliższego sklepu będzie ze trzy kilometry it’s a good three kilometres to the nearest shop- nie ma tu gdzie usiąść there’s nowhere here to sit- w tym mieście na ma dokąd pójść wieczorem there’s nowhere to go at night in this town- nie ma komu posprzątać/zrobić zakupy there’s no-one to clean/to do shopping- nie ma z kim się bawić there’s no-one to play with7. (z czasownikami niewłaściwymi) to be- trzeba było coś z tym zrobić something had to be done about it- trzeba było od razu tak mówić why didn’t you say so in the first place?- czytać można było tylko przy świecach one could read only by candlelight- jest gorzej niż można było przypuszczać it’s worse than might have been expected■ bądź zdrów! (pożegnanie) goodbye!, take care!- być bez forsy/przy forsie pot. to be penniless/flush pot.- być do niczego (bezużyteczny) [osoba, przedmiot] to be useless a. no good; (chory, słaby) [osoba] to be poorly a. out of sorts- być może perhaps, maybe- być może nam się uda perhaps we’ll succeed- być może a. może być, że… it may happen that…- być niczym [osoba] to be a nobody- znałem ją, kiedy jeszcze była nikim I knew her when she was still a nobody- być przy nadziei a. być w poważnym a. odmiennym a. błogosławionym stanie książk. to be in an interesting condition a. in the family way przest.; to have a bun in the oven euf., pot.- było nie było (tak czy owak) when all’s said and done, after all; (niech się dzieje co chce) come what may, be that as it may- było nie było, to już ćwierć wieku od naszego ślubu when all’s said and done a. after all, it’s twenty-five years since we got married- było nie było, idę pogadać z szefem o podwyżce come what may, I’m going to the boss to talk about a rise- było siedzieć w domu/nie pożyczać mu pieniędzy pot. serves you right, you should have stayed at home/shouldn’t have lent him money- było nic mu nie mówić you should have told him nothing- co będzie, to będzie whatever will be, will be- co było, to było let bygones be bygones- co jest? pot. what’s up? pot.- co jest, do jasnej cholery? dlaczego nikt nie otwiera? what the hell’s going on? – why doesn’t anyone open the door? pot.- co jest? przyjacielowi paru groszy żałujesz? what’s wrong? – can’t spare a friend a few pence? pot.- coś w tym jest a. coś w tym musi być there must be something in it- coś w tym musi być, że wszyscy dyrektorzy będą na tym zebraniu there must be something in it, if all the directors are going to the meeting- jakoś to będzie things’ll a. it’ll work out somehow pot.- nie ma co, trzeba brać się do roboty oh well, time to do some work- nie ma co! well, well!- mieszkanie, nie ma co, widne i ustawne well, well, not a bad flat, airy and well laid out- ładnie się spisałeś, nie ma co! iron. well, well, you’ve done it now, haven’t you!- nie ma (to) jak kuchnia domowa/kieliszek zimnej wódki nothing beats a. you can’t beat home cooking/a glass of cold vodka- nie ma (to) jak muzyka klasyczna give me classical music every time- nie ma to jak wakacje! there’s nothing like a holiday!- nie może być! (niedowierzanie) I don’t believe it!, you don’t say!- niech będzie! oh well!- niech ci/wam będzie! have it your own way!- niech mu/jej będzie! let him/her have his/her own way!- niech tak będzie! (zgoda) so be it!- tak jest! (owszem) (that’s) right!- „to jest pańskie ostatnie słowo” – „tak jest, ostatnie” ‘is that your final word?’ – ‘yes, it is’, ‘that’s right’- tak jest, panie pułkowniku/generale! Wojsk. yes, sir!- to jest książk. that is, that is to say- główne gałęzie przemysłu, to jest górnictwo i hutnictwo the main branches of industry, that is (to say) mining and metallurgy* * *(jestem, jesteś); pl jesteśmy; pl jesteście; pl są; imp bądź; pt był, była, byli; sg fut będę; sg fut; będziesz; vijestem! — present!, here!
jest ciepło/zimno — it's warm/cold
jest mi zimno/przykro — I'm cold/sorry
będę pamiętać lub pamiętał — I will remember
co będzie, jeśli nie przyjdą? — what will happen if they don't come?
nie może być! — this lub it can't be!
tak jest! — yes, sir!
jestem za +instr /przeciw być — +dat I am for/against
* * *I.być1ipf.1. (= znajdować się w jakimś stanie l. miejscu) be; (= istnieć) exist, be there; być na diecie be on a diet; być na emeryturze be retired; jestem po robocie I'm finished l. done with work (for today); pewnego razu był sobie król... once upon a time there lived a king...; w ogrodzie były róże there were roses in the garden; w Galaktyce są miliardy gwiazd there are billions of stars in the Galaxy; ile ich jest? how many of them are there?; być w kinie be at the theater; być na wycieczce be on a trip; być w Warszawie be in Warsaw; być u babci na wsi be at grandma's house in the country; być z kimś sam na sam be one on one with sb; od świtu jestem na nogach I have been on my feet all day; Ewa jest na ostatnich nogach Eva is ready to drop l. dead on her feet; jesteś na drodze do zawału you are on the road to a heart attack; wszystko jest na swoim miejscu everything is in its place; to było nie na miejscu that was out of line; być na ustach całego miasteczka be on the lips of everyone in town; być jedną nogą na tamtym świecie have one foot in the grave; co dzisiaj będzie na obiad? what's for supper today?; wszystko jest pod ręką we have everything right at hand; być u steru przen. be at the wheel; no to jestem w domu (= zrozumiałem) that hits home; być w latach l. w leciech be up in one's years; być w sile wieku be in one's prime; być w opałach be in a bind; teraz wszystko jest w twoich rękach now everything is in your hands l. up to you; być w siódmym niebie be in seventh heaven; być w swoim żywiole be in one's element; być na zebraniu be at a meeting; być na wojnie be (fighting) in a war; być na studiach be at college; być na anglistyce be in the English Department; nigdy nie byłem w Chicago I've never been to Chicago; Adam jest pod pantoflem swojej żony Adam is henpecked; być nie w sosie be in a bad mood; jest gaz i woda we have gas and water; jestem takiego samego zdania I'm of the same opinion; jestem dobrej myśli I'm hoping for the best; jest mi u ciebie tak dobrze I feel so good at your place; jest mi głupio I feel stupid; to jest do niczego it's no good; być górą be on top; to nie jest czas po temu this is not the time for that; to nie jest mi na rękę this is inconvenient (for me); to nie jest po mojej myśli that's not what I intended l. what I had in mind; jestem pod wrażeniem I'm impressed; jestem bez pieniędzy I'm broke; jestem w ciąży I'm pregnant; Ewa jest przy nadziei przest. Eva is in the family way; jestem na służbie I'm on duty; byliśmy na spacerze we were taking a walk; dobrze wiesz, że jesteś na mojej łasce you know fully well that you're at my mercy; czy jesteś w stanie mnie zrozumieć? are you able to understand me?; jestem w dobrym humorze I'm in a good mood; byliśmy w kłopocie, co zrobić z... we couldn't figure out what to do with...; Ewa przez moment była w rozterce for a moment Ewa was in a dilemma; Ewa jest z Adamem w przyjaźni Ewa is friends with Adam; po czyjej jesteś stronie? whose side are you on?; Adam jest w porządku Adam is OK l. alright; to nie jest w moim guście that's not my style; jestem na bakier z gramatyką I haven't a clue about grammar; z teściową jestem na złej stopie I'm on bad terms with my mother-in-law; z prezesem jestem na ty I'm on a first name basis with the president; jestem za reformą I'm for the reform; oni są z sobą za pan brat they are on familiar terms; jestem z Ewą po słowie przest. I'm engaged to Eve.2. ( część orzeczenia imiennego) jestem studentem I am a student; byłam piosenkarką I was a singer; będę generałem I will be a general; ta dziewczyna jest ładna that girl is pretty; samochód jest ojca that's father's car; ten długopis nie jest mój this pen isn't mine; bądź zdrów! get well!; jesteś dla mnie niczym! you mean nothing to me; on nie był sobą he wasn't himself; dwa razy dwa jest cztery two plus two is l. equals four.3. ( w zdaniach bezosobowych) (= zdarzać się) jest piękny dzień it's a beautiful day; był kwiecień it was April; było to dość dawno it was l. happened quite a long time ago; był do ciebie telefon you had a call; było już późno it was getting late; nie ma co jeść there's nothing to eat; będzie z godzinę temu, jak... it's been an hour since...; a co będzie ze mną? what will happen to me?; ciekaw jestem, co z niego będzie I'm curious (about) what will become of him; jeżeli tak jest if it is so; być może maybe, perhaps; co będzie, to będzie come what may; co było, to było let bygones be bygones; jakoś to (w końcu) będzie thing's will turn out fine (in the end); co ci jest? what's wrong l. the matter with you?; z tej mąki nie będzie chleba it's hopeless; nie może być that's impossible; jest już po nim it's too late for him; he's done for; he's a goner l. a has-been; co było, a nie jest, nie pisze się w rejestr what's done is done; tak jest! exactly!, precisely!, that's right; wojsk. yes, sir!; to jest (= czyli) that is; było nie było whatever happens; no matter what (happens).II.być2ipf.1. tylko będę będziesz itd. ( w formach czasu przyszłego) will (be); będę pamiętał o tym I'll remember that; dzieci będą w ogrodzie the kids will be in the garden; będziemy śpiewać kolędy we're going to sing carols.2. ( w formach strony biernej) dom był sprzedany za... the house was sold for...; jesteś obserwowany you are being watched; droga jest już naprawiona the road has been repaired.The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > być
-
36 अङ्गिरः _aṅgirḥ _अङ्गिरस् _aṅgiras
अङ्गिरः अङ्गिरस् m. [अङ्गति-अङ्ग् गतौ असि इरुट्; Uṇ 4. 235; according to Ait. Br. अङ्गिरस् is from अङ्गार; ये अङ्गारा आसंस्ते$ङ्गिरसो$भवन्; so Nir.; अङ्गारेषु यो बभूव सो$ङ्गिराः] N. of a celebrated sage to whom many hymns of the Rigveda (ix) are ascribed. Etymologically Aṅgira is connected with the word Agni and is often regarded as its synonym (शिवो भव प्रजाभ्यो मानुषीभ्यस्त्व- मङ्गिरः; अङ्गिरोभिः ऋषिभिः संपादितत्वात् अङ्गसौष्ठवाद्वा अङ्गिरा अग्निरूपः) According to Bhārata he was son of Agni. When Agni began to practise penance, Aṅgiras him- self became Agni and surpassed him in power and lustre, seeing which Agni came to the sage and said:- निक्षिपाम्यहमग्नित्वं त्वमग्निः प्रथमो भव । भविष्यामि द्वितीयो$हं प्राजा- पत्यक एव च ॥ Aṅgiras said:- कुरु पुण्यं प्रजासर्गं भवाग्निस्तिमि- रापहः । मां च देव कुरुष्वाग्ने प्रथमं पुत्रमञ्जसा ॥ तत्श्रुत्वाङ्गिरसो वाक्यं जातवेदास्तथा$करोत्. He was one of the 1 mind-born sons of Brahmā. His wife was Śraddhā, daughter of Kardama and bore him three sons, Bṛhaspati, Uta- thya and Saṁvarta, and 4 daughters Kuhū, Sinīvālī, Rākā and Anumati. The Matsya Purāṇa says that Aṅgiras was one of the three sages produced from the sacrifice of Varuṇa and that he was adopted by Agni as his son and acted for some time as his regent. Another account, however, makes him father of Agni. He was one of the seven great sages and also one of the 1 Prajāpatis or progenitors of mankind. In latter times Aṅgiras was one of the inspired lawgivers, and also a writer on Astronomy. As an astronomical personification he is Bṛhaspati, regent of Jupiter or Jupiter itself. शिष्यैरुपेता आजग्मु: कश्यपाङ्गिरसादयः (Bhāg. 1.9.8.) He is also regarded as the priest of the gods and the lord of sacrifices. Besides Śraddhā his wives were Smṛti, two daughters of Maitreya, some daughters of Dakṣa, Svadhā and Satī. He is also regarded as teacher of Brahmavidyā. The Vedic hymns are also said to be his daughters. According to the Bhāgavata Purāṇa, Aṅgiras begot sons possessing Brahmanical glory on the wife of Rāthītara, a Kṣatriya who was childless and these persons were afterwards called descendants of Aṅgiras. The prin- cipal authors of vedic hymns in the family of Aṅgi- ras were 33. His family has three distinct branches केवलाङ्गिरस, गौतमाङ्गिरस and भारद्वाजाङ्गिरस each branch having a number of subdivisions. - (pl.)1 Descendants of Aṅgiras, [Aṅgiras being father of Agni they are considered as descendants of Agni himself who is called the first of the Aṅgirasas. Like Aṅgiras they occur in hymns addressed to luminous objects, and at a later period they became for the most part personi- fications of light, of luminous bodies, of divisions of time, celestial phenomena and fires adapted to pecu- liar occasions, as the full moon and change of the moon, or to particular rites, as the अश्वमेध, राजसूय &c.]-2 Hymns of the Atharvaveda.-3 Priests, who, by using magical formulas of the Atharvaveda, pro- tect the sacrifice against the effects of inauspicious accidents.Sanskrit-English dictionary > अङ्गिरः _aṅgirḥ _अङ्गिरस् _aṅgiras
-
37 अथर्वन् _atharvan
अथर्वन् m. [अथ-ऋ-वनिप् शकन्ध्वादि˚ Tv.; probably connected with some word like athar fire]1 A priest who has to worship fire and Soma.-2 A Brāhmaṇa.-3 N. of the priest who is said to have first brought down fire from the heaven, offered Soma and recited prayers. [He is represented as the eldest son of Brahmā sprung from his mouth; as a Prajāpati appointed by Brahmā to create and protect sub- ordinate beings, who first learnt from Brahmā and then taught the Brahmavidyā and is considered to be the author of the Veda called after him. His wife was Śānti, daughter of Kardama Prajāpati. He had also another wife called Chitti; he is also consi- dered identical with Aṅgiras and father of Agni.]-4 Epithet of Śiva, Vasiṣṭha. वृतपदपङ्क्तिरथर्वणेव वेदः Kir. 1.1. -(pl.) Descendants of Atharvan; hymns of this Veda; जिष्णुं जैत्रैरथर्वभिः R.17.13.-र्वा-र्व m. n., ˚वेदः The Atharvaveda, regarded as the fourth Veda. [It contains many forms of imprecations for the destruction of enemies and also contains a great number of prayers for safety and averting mishaps, evils, sins or calamities, and a number of hymns, as in the other Vedas, addressed to the gods with prayers to be used at religious and solemn rites; cf. Mv.2.24. मूर्तिमभिरामघोरां बिभ्रदिवाथर्वणो निगमः. It has nine Śākhās and five Kalpas, and is comprised in 2 Kāṇḍas. The most important Brāhmaṇa belonging to this Veda is the Gopatha - Brāhmaṇa, and the Upaniṣads pertaining to it are stated to be 52, or, according to another account 31.] [cf. Zend atharvan, Pers. áturbán.]-Comp. -अधिपः N. of बुध Mercury (सामवेदाधिपो भौमः शशिजो$- थर्ववेदराट्).-निधिः, -विढ् m. receptacle of the (know- ledge of) Atharvaveda, or conversant with it; गुरुणा- $थर्वविदा कृतक्रियः R.8.4.1.59; (अथर्वविधिपदेन दुरितोपशमन- निमित्तशान्तिकपौष्टिकप्रवीणत्वं पौरोहित्यो चितत्वं द्योत्यते Malli.)-भूताः (pl.) those who have become Atharvans, Names of the 12 Maharṣis.-शिखा, -शिरस् n. (अथर्वणो वेदस्य शिखा शिर इव वा ब्रह्मविद्याप्रतिपादकत्वेन श्रेष्ठत्वात्) N. of an Upaniṣad dealing with Brahmavidyā. अथर्वशिरसो$ध्येता ब्रह्मचारी यतव्रतः Mb.13.9.29.-संहिता A text of collection of hymns of अथर्ववेद. अथर्वसंहितायाजी विदधे विधिवद्धुतम् Bm.1.869. -
38 Harris, Alanson
SUBJECT AREA: Agricultural and food technology[br]b. 1816 Ingersoll, Ontario, Canadad. 1894 Canada[br]Canadian manufacturer of agricultural machinery and co-founder of the Massey Harris Company (later Massey Ferguson).[br]Alanson Harris was the first often children born to the wife of a circuit rider and preacher. His father's wanderings left Alanson at an early age in charge of the running of the family farm on the Grand River in Canada; also, his father's preference was for tinkering with machines rather than for farming. However, when he was 13 Alanson had to go out to work in order to bring badly needed cash to augment the family income. He worked at a sawmill in the small village of Boston, becoming Boss Sawyer and then Foreman after ten years. In 1839 the family moved to Mount Pleasant, and the following year Alanson married Mary Morgan, the daughter of a well-to-do pioneer Welsh farmer. He entered into a brief partnership with his father to build a sawmill at Whiteman's Creek, but within a few months his father returned to preaching and Alanson became the sole proprietor. After a successful early period Alanson recognized the signs of decline in the timber market, and in 1857 he sold the mill, moved to Beamsville, Niagara, and bought a small factory from which he produced the flop-over hay rake invented by his father. In 1863 he took his eldest son into partnership; the latter returned from a visit to the United States with the sole rights to produce the Kirby mower and reaper. The Crimean War created a market for corn, which gave a great boost to North American farming and, in its turn, to machinery production. This was reinforced by the tariff agreements between the United States and Canada. By the 1880s Harris and Massey between them accounted for two thirds of the harvesting machines sold in Canada, and they also supplied machines abroad. By the end of the decade the mutual benefits of joining forces were apparent and by 1891 an agreement was reached, with Alanson Harris and A.H.Massey on the first board.[br]Further ReadingG.Quick and W.Buchele, 1978, The Grain Harvesters, American Society of Agricultural Engineers (refers to Harris and Massey Harris Company in its account of the development of harvest machinery).M.Denison, 1949, Harvest Triumphant: The Story of Massey Harris, London (gives a more detailed account of Massey Harris Company).AP -
39 अत्रि _atri
अत्रि a. [properly अ<?>, Uṇ.4.68, अदेस्त्रिनिश्च, अद्-त्रिन्] Devourer; अत्रिमनु स्वराज्यमग्निभ् Rv.2.8.5.-त्रिः N. of a celebrated sage and author of many Vedic hymns. [He appears in the Vedas in hymns addressed to Agni, Indra, the Aśvins and the Viśve- devas. In the Svāyambhuva Manvantara, he appears as one of the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons of Brahmā, being born from his eye. These sons having died by the curse of Śiva, Brahmā performed a sacrifice, at the beginning of the present Vaivasvata Manvantara, and Atri was born from the flames of Agni. Anasūyā was his wife in both lives. In the first, she bore him three sons, Datta, Durvāsas and Soma; in the second, she had two additional children, a son by name Arya- man and a daughter called Amalā. In the Rāmāyaṇa an account is given of the visit paid by Rāma and Sītā to Atri and Anasūyā in their hermitage, when they both received them most kindly. (See Anasūyā.) As a Riṣi or sage he is one of the seven sages who were all sons of Brahmā, and represents in Astronomy one of the stars of the Great Bear situated in the north. He is also the author of a code of laws known as अत्रिस्मृति or अत्रिसंहिता. In the Purāṇas he is said to have produced the moon from his eye, while he was practising austere penance, the moon being in consequ- ence called अत्रिज, -जात, -दृग्ज, अत्रिनेत्रप्रसूत, -˚प्रभव, ˚भव &c.; cf. also अथ नयनसमुत्थं ज्योतिरत्रेरिव द्यौः R.2.75. and अत्रेरिवेन्दुः V.5.21] - (pl.) descendants of Atri.-अत्री wife of अत्रि; अत्रिरञ्य नमस्कर्ता Mb.13.17.38.-Comp. -चतुरहः N. of a Sacrifice.-जातः 1 The moon.-2 Datta.-3 Durvāsas.-भारद्वाजिका Marriage of descendants of Atri with those of Bhāradvāja. -
40 ὁ
ὁ, [full] ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,A demonstr. Pronoun.B in [dialect] Att., definite or prepositive Article.C in [dialect] Ep., the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nom. masc. and fem. sg. and pl., ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codd. and most printed books, exc. when used as the relative ; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, αἳ ; the nom. forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by A.D.Pron.8.7 not to be enclitic. The forms τῶν, τοῖς, ταῖς were barytone (i. e. τὼν, τοὶς, ταὶς ) in [dialect] Aeol. acc. to Aristarch. ap. A.D.Synt.51.26. For οἱ, αἱ some dialects (not Cypr., cf. Inscr.Cypr.135.30H., nor Cret., cf.Leg.Gort. 5.28, nor Lesbian, cf. Alc.81, Sapph.Supp.5.1 ) and Hom. have τοί, ταί (though οἱ, αἱ are also found in Hom.): other Homeric forms are gen. sg. τοῖο, gen. and dat. dualτοῖιν Od.18.34
, al.: gen. pl. fem. τάων [pron. full] [ᾱ], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι, never ταῖσι or ταῖς in Hom.— In [dialect] Dor. and all other dialects exc. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion. the fem. forms preserve the old [pron. full] ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence [dialect] Dor. etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶς ; the gen. pl. τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶν ; the gen. sg. is in many places τῶ, acc. pl. τώς, but Cret., etc., τόνς (Leg.Gort.7.7, al.) or τός (ib.3.50, al.) ; in Lesbian [dialect] Aeol. the acc. pl. forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, IG12(2).645 A13, B62 ; dat. pl. τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, v. supr.), ib.645 A8, ib.1.6 ; ταῖσι as demonstr., Sapph. 16. The [dialect] Att. Poets also used the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. forms τοῖσι, ταῖσι ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in lyr., as A.Pers. 584, Th. 295, 298 ;οἱ μέν.. τοὶ δ' S.Aj. 1404
(anap.) ; but even in a trimeter, A.Pers. 424. In [dialect] Att. the dual has usu. only one gender, τὼ θεώ (for τὰ θεά) And.1.113 sq. ; τὼ πόλεε Foed. ap. Th.5.23 ;τὼ ἡμέρα X.Cyr.1.2.11
;τὼ χεῖρε Id.Mem.2.3.18
;τοῖν χεροῖν Pl.Tht. 155e
;τοῖν γενεσέοιν Id.Phd. 71e
;τοῖν πολέοιν Isoc.4.75
(τά S.Ant. 769, Ar.Eq. 424, 484,ταῖν Lys.19.17
, Is.5.16, etc. have been corrected) ; in Arc. the form τοῖς functions as gen. dual fem., (Orchom., iv B.C.):—in Elean and [dialect] Boeot. ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, = ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, nom.pl. masc. τυΐ the following men, Schwyzer485.14 (Thespiae, iii B.C.), al., cf. infr. VIII. 5. (With ὁ, ἁ, cf. Skt. demonstr. pron. sa, sā, Goth. sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Lat. acc. sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from Τόδ] cf. Skt. tat (tad), Lat. is-tud, Goth. pata: —with τοί cf. Skt. te, Lith. tĩe, OE. pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Skt. tāsām, Lat. is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (q. v.) is different.)A ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Hom. the commonest sense: freq. also in Hdt. (1.86,5.35,al.), and sts. in Trag. (mostly in lyr., A.Supp. 1047, etc.; in trimeters, Id.Th. 197, Ag.7, Eu. 174 ; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Id.Supp. 358, S.OT 1082 ; seldom in [dialect] Att. Prose, exc. in special phrases, v. infr. VI, VII):I joined with a Subst., to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Il. 11.660; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with Appellat., Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.— thataged man, 7.324 ; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, 21.252, al. ; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, 20.181 ; οἴχετ' ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, 11.288, cf. 13.433, al.: sts. with words between the Pron. and Noun,αὐτὰρ ὁ αὖτε Πέλοψ 2.105
;τὸν Ἕκτορι μῦθον ἐνίσπες 11.186
, cf. 703, al.:—different from this are cases like Il.1.409 αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ' ἅλα ἔλσαι Ἀχαιούς if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships— I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, cf. 1.472, 4.20, 329, al.II freq. without a Subst., he, she, it,ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Il.1.12
, al.III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Il.17.172 ; οἷ' οὔ πώ τιν' ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Od.2.119, cf. Il.5.332 ;θάλαμον τὸν ἀφίκετο, τόν ποτε τέκτων ξέσσεν Od.21.43
, cf. 1.116, 10.74 :—for the [dialect] Att. usage v. infr.IV before a Possessive Pron. its demonstr. force is sts. very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Il.6.407, cf. 11.608 ; but in 15.58, 16.40, and elsewh. it is merely the Art.V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, v. infr. B. init.VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a Subst., in all cases, genders, and numbers, Hom., etc.: sts. in Opposition, where ὁ μέν prop. refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter ; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, the former,Pl.
Prt. 359e, Isoc.2.32,34: sts. in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in gen. pl., being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts,ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ' αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Il.18.595
;τῶν πόλεων αἱ μὲν τυραννοῦνται, αἱ δὲ δημοκρατοῦνται, αἱ δὲ ἀριστοκρατοῦνται Pl.R. 338d
, etc.: but freq. the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition,ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Il.5.28
, cf. Od.12.73, etc.: so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 22, etc. ;πηγὴ ἡ μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔδυ, ἡ δὲ ἔξω ἀπορρεῖ Pl.Phdr. 255c
; if the Noun be collective, it is in the gen. sg.,ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος D.42.6
: sts. a Noun is added in apposition with ὁ μέν orὁ δέ, ὁ μὲν οὔτασ' Ἀτύμνιον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ Ἀντίλοχος.., Μάρις δὲ.. Il.16.317
-19, cf. 116 ;τοὺς μὲν τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα, τοὺς πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας κτλ. D.18.102
, cf. Pl.Grg. 501a, etc.2 when a neg. accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. ;τὸν φιλόσοφον σοφίας ἐπιθυμητὴν εἶναι, οὐ τῆς μὲν τῆς δ' οὔ, ἀλλὰ πάσης Pl.R. 475b
;οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν τὰς δ' οὔ· οὐδὲ πάντων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τῶν δ' οὔ Id.Cri. 47a
, etc.3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite,ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος X.Cyr.3.1.41
;νόμους.. τοὺς μὲν ὀρθῶς τιθέασιν τοὺς δέ τινας οὐκ ὀρθῶς Pl.R. 339c
, cf. Phlb. 13c.4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., v. infr. VIII.4.5 ὁ μέν is freq. used without a correspondingὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ' ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ' οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Il.23.3
, cf. 24.722, Th.8.12, etc.: also folld. byἀλλά, ἡ μὲν γάρ μ' ἐκέλευε.., ἀλλ' ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔθελον Od.7.304
; by ἄλλος δέ, Il.6.147, etc. ;τὸν μὲν.., ἕτερον δέ Ar.Av. 843
, etc. ;ὁ μέν.., ὃς δέ.. Thgn.205
(v.l. οὐδέ): less freq. ὁ δέ in the latter clause without ὁ μέν preceding, τῇ ῥα παραδραμέτην φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων (for ὁ μὲν φεύγων) Il.22.157 ;σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45
, cf.μέν D.
III ;γεωργὸς μὲν εἷς, ὁ δὲ οἰκοδόμος, ἄλλος δέ τις ὑφαντής Pl.R. 369d
, cf. Tht. 181d.6 ὁ δέ following μέν sts. refers to the subject of the preceding clause,τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ', ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Il. 4.491
;τὴν μὲν γενομένην αὐτοῖσι αἰτίην οὐ μάλα ἐξέφαινε, ὁ δὲ ἔλεγέ σφι Hdt.6.3
, cf. 1.66,6.9, 133,7.6 : rare in [dialect] Att. Prose,ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Th.1.87
;ἔμενον ὡς κατέχοντες τὸ ἄκρον· οἱ δ' οὐ κατεῖχον X.An.4.2.6
: this is different from ὁ δέ in apodosi, v. infr. 7 ; also from passages in which both clauses have a common verb, v. ὅ γε 11.7 ὁ δέ is freq. used simply in continuing a narrative, Il.1.43, etc.; also used by Hom. in apodosi after a relat., v. ὅδε 111.3.8 the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν andδέ, οὔθ' ὁ.. οὔθ' ὁ Il.15.417
;ἢ τοῖσιν ἢ τοῖς A.Supp. 439
;οὔτε τοῖς οὔτε τοῖς Pl.Lg. 701e
.VII the following usages prevailed in [dialect] Att. Prose,1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nom. sg. masc. καὶ ὅς ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Art. were used (v.ὅς A.
II.I and cf. Skt. sas, alternat. form of sa) ; so, in acc.,καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Pl.Smp. 174a
, cf. X.Cyr.1.3.9, etc.; also in Hdt.,καὶ τὴν φράσαι 6.61
, al.2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such,τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Pl.Lg. 721b
: but mostly in acc.,καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Lys.1.23
, cf. Pl.Lg. 784d ;τὰ καὶ τὰ πεπονθώς D.21.141
, cf. 9.68 ;τὸ καὶ τό Id.18.243
; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Arist.Rh. 1401a4, cf. 1413a22 ; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, , cf. Pi.P.5.55,7.20, al.;τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρόν Id.O. 2.53
; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Hp.Acut.46 ; cf. A. VI.8.VIII abs. usages of single cases,1 fem. dat. τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Il.5.752, 858, al.: folld. by ᾗ, 13.52, etc.: also in Prose,τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ X.Ath.2.12
.b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Il.10.531,11.149, 12.124 ;τῇ ἴμεν ᾗ.. 15.46
; :—only poet.c of Manner, in this way, thus,Od.
8.510.d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., E.Or. 356, Pl.Smp. 211a, etc.: withoutμέν, τῇ μᾶλλον, τῇ δ' ἧσσον Parm.8.48
.e relat., where, by which way, only [dialect] Ep., as Il.12.118, Od.4.229.2 neut. dat. τῷ, therefore, on this account, freq. in Hom., Il.1.418, 2.254, al. (v. infr.): also in Trag., A.Pr. 239, S.OT 510 (lyr.) ; in Prose,τῷ τοι.. Pl.Tht. 179d
, Sph. 230b.b thus, so, Il.2.373, 13.57, etc.: it may also, esp. when εἰ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Od.1.239,3.224, 258,al., Theoc.29.11.—In Hom. the true form is prob. τῶ, as in cod. A, or τώ, cf. A.D.Adv.199.2.3 neut. acc. τό, wherefore, Il.3.176, Od.8.332, al., S.Ph. 142(lyr.) ; also τὸ δέ abs., but the fact is.., Pl.Ap. 23a, Men. 97c, Phd. 109d, Tht. 157b, R. 340d, Lg. 967a ; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (cf. supr. VI. 6),τὸ δ' ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ.. ἐπετήδευσαν Th.1.37
;τὸ δὲ.. ἡμῖν μᾶλλον περιέσται Id.2.89
; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Nic.Dam.58J.4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Th.7.36, etc., cf.Od.2.46 ; more freq. τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Hdt.1.173, S.Tr. 534, etc.; alsoτὰ μέν τι.., τὰ δέ τι.. X.An.4.1.14
;τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Luc.Macr.14
;τὰ μέν.., τὸ δὲ πλέον.. Th.1.90
: sts. without τὸ μέν.. in the first clause,τὸ δέ τι Id.1.107
,7.48 : rarely of Time, τὰ μὲν πολλὰ.., τέλος δέ several times.. and finally, Hdt.3.85.5 of Time, sts. that time, sts. this (present) time, συνμαχία κ' ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) SIG9.3 (Olympia, vi B.C.): so with Preps., ἐκ τοῦ, [dialect] Ep. τοῖο, from that time, Il.1.493,15.601.b πρὸ τοῦ, sts. written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Hdt.1.103, 122,5.55, A.Ag. 1204, Ar.Nu.5, etc.;ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνῳ Th.1.32
, cf. A.Eu. 462 ;τὸ πρὸ τοῦ D.S.20.59
.c in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (lit. before this [day]), and to-day's, IG9(2).517.43 (Larissa, iii B.C.).6 ἐν τοῖς is freq. used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Hdt.7.137 ; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Th.1.6, etc.; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος ( πρώτοις codd.) Pherecr.145.4 ; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Aristid. Or.43(1).16, cf. 37(2).2: when used with fem. Nouns, ἐν τοῖς remained without change of gender, ἐν τοῖς πλεῖσται δὴ νῆες the greatest number of ships, Th.3.17; ἐν τοῖς πρώτη ἐγένετο (sc. ἡ στάσις) ib.82 : also with Advbs.,ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Id.8.90
, Pl.Cri. 52a, Plu.2.74e, 421d, 723e, Brut.6, 11,al., Paus.1.16.3, etc.;ἐν τοῖς χαλεπώτατα Th.7.71
; : in late Prose, also with Positives,ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Aristid.Or.48(24).47
codd.; withπάνυ, ἐν τοῖς πάνυ D.H.1.19
, cf. 66 ( ἐν ταῖς πάνυ f.l. 4.14,15).B ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signf. in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Hom. the demonstr. force can generally be traced, v. supr. A. I, but the definite Art. must be recognized in places like Il.1.167,7.412, 9.309, 12.289, Od.19.372 : also when joined to an Adj. to make it a Subst., the hindmost man,Il.
11.178 ;τὸν ἄριστον 17.80
;τὸν δύστηνον 22.59
;τὸν προὔχοντα 23.325
; τῷ πρώτῳ.., τῷ δευτέρῳ.., etc., ib. 265sq. ; also inτῶν ἄλλων 2.674
, al.: with Advs.,τὸ πρίν 24.543
, al.;τὸ πάρος περ 17.720
;τὸ πρόσθεν 23.583
; also τὸ τρίτον ib. 733 ;τὰ πρῶτα 1.6
,al.; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest, 23.454 ;ἀνδρῶν τῶν τότε 9.559
.—The true Art., however, is first fully established in fifth-cent. [dialect] Att., whilst the demonstr. usage disappears, exc. in a few cases, V. A. VI-VIII.—Chief usages, esp. in [dialect] Att.I not only with common Appellats., Adjs., and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also freq. where we use the Possessive Pron.,τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Ar.Ach.5
; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, And.1.61, etc. ; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, S.Ant. 190 ; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Th.1.12; .b omitted with pr.nn.and freq. with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, v. θεός 1.1, βασιλεύς III ; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, IG12.4.1, al.: but added to pr. nn., when attention is to be called to the previous mention of the person, as Th. (3.70 ) speaks first of Πειθίας and then refers to him repeatedly as ὁ Π.; cf. Θράσυλος in Id.8.104, with ὁ Θ. ib. 105 ; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, E.Fr. 480 ; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with pr. nn., save to give pecul. emphasis, like Lat. ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, S.OT 729, El.35, etc.: later, however, the usage became very common (the Homeric usage of ὁ with a pr. n. is different, v. A.I).c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in SE183b7, PA642a28, al., but ὁ Σωκράτης when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Pol.1261a6, al.: so with other pr.nn., EN1145a21, 1146a21, al.2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type,οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Il.3.109
;πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης D.18.242
, etc.b freq. with abstract Nouns,ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Th.3.45
, etc.3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, v. γεωγράφος, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός.4 with infs., which thereby become Substs., τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Pl.Grg. 505b ; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, S.Ant. 1348(anap.), etc.: when the subject is expressed it is put between the Art.and the inf., τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Pl.Phd. 62b ; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Hdt.1.86.5 in neut. before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man ; τὸ λέγω the word λέγω ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', E.Hipp. 265(lyr.); τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Pl.Men. 72e : and so before whole clauses, ἡ δόξα.. περὶ τοῦ οὕστινας δεῖ ἄρχειν the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Id.R. 431e ; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ' ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', X.Cyr. 5.1.21, cf. Pl.R. 327c, etc.;τοὺς τοῦ τί πρακτέον λογισμούς D.23.148
; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Arist.Pol. 1283b11.6 before relat. clauses, when the Art. serves to combine the whole relat. clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Pl.Cra. 435a ; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Id.Criti. 115b ;τῶν ὅσοι ἂν.. ἀγαθοὶ κριθῶσιν Id.R. 469b
;ἐκ γῆς καὶ πυρὸς μείξαντες καὶ τῶν ὅσα πυρὶ καὶ γῇ κεράννυται Id.Prt. 320d
, cf. Hyp.Lyc.2 ;ταύτην τε τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν ὅθεν ἡ κίνησις Arist.Metaph. 987a8
;τὸν ὃς ἔφη Lys.23.8
: hence the relat., by attraction, freq. follows the case of the Art., τοῖς οἵοις ἡμῖν τε καὶ ὑμῖν, i.e. τοῖς οὖσιν οἷοι ἡμεῖς καὶ ὑμεῖς, X.HG2.3.25, etc.7 before Prons.,a before the pers. Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in acc., ,Phlb. 20b ; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ ib. 59b ; ; on ὁ αὐτός, v. αὐτός 111.b before the interrog. Pron. (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, A.Pr. 251, Ar. Pax 696 ; also τὰ τί; because οἷα went before, ib. 693. Of τίς only the neut. is thus used (v.supr.): ποῖος is thus used not only in neut. pl., τὰ ποῖα; E.Ph. 707 ; but also in the other genders, ὁ ποῖος; ib. 1704 ; τῆς ποίας μερίδος; D.18.64 ; τοῖς ποίοις.. ; Arist.Ph. 227b1.c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Art. either makes the Pron. into a Subst., that sort of person,X.
Mem.4.2.21, etc.; or subjoins it to a Subst. which already has an Art.,τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην D.41.13
.8 before ἅπας, Pi.N.1.69, Hdt.3.64, 7.153 (s.v.l.), S.OC 1224 (lyr.), D.18.231, etc.; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Arist.Pol. 1287b8, 1288a19 : on its usage with ἕκαστος, v. sub voc.; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., v. ἄλλος 11.6,πολύς 11.3
, etc.II elliptic expressions:1 before the gen. of a pr.<*>., to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (sc. υἱός) Th.4.104 ; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (sc. θυγάτηρ) E.Hel. 470 : also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Lys.32.24, Alciphr.2.2.10 ; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M. the wife of S., Ar.Ec.46 ; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, X.An.1.2.15 ; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of A., Hp.Hum.20.2 generally, before a gen. it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Th.4.23,6.60 ; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Id.4.83, cf. 6.89, etc.; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Id.4.18 ; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, ib.55 ; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, E.Supp.78(lyr.); τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, S.Tr. 498(lyr.): hence with neut. of Possessive Pron., τὸ ἐμόν, τὸ σόν, what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, S.Aj. 124, El. 251, etc.: and with gen. of 3 pers.,τὸ τῆσδε E.Hipp.48
. But τό τινος is freq. also, a man's word or saying, asτὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Hdt.1.86
; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Pl.Tht. 183e ; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, Ar.V. 1432, D.54.7, Theoc.2.76, Herod.5.52, Ev.Luc.2.49.3 very freq. with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Th.4.13 ; οἱ ἀμφί τινα, οἱ περί τινα, such an one and his followers, v. ἀμφί c.1.3, περί c.1.2 ; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Th.1.59, al.; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Id.7.70 ; τὰ ἀπ' Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Id.8.48 ; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Id.2.87, etc.4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., v. μά IV.5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (sc. ὁδόν) Pl.Ly. 203a ; ἡ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ (sc. στολή, δέσις), v. θάνατος; κατὰ τὴν ἐμήν (sc. γνώμην), v. ἐμός 11.4 ; ἡ αὔριον (sc. ἡμέρα), v. αὔριον; ἡ Λυδιστί (sc. ἁρμονία) Arist.Pol. 1342b32, etc.: freq. with Advs., which thus take an adj. sense, as ὁ, ἡ, τὸ νῦν;ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Th.1.52
; οἱ τότε, οἱ ἔπειτα (sc. ἄνθρωποι), ib.9,10, etc. ; but τό stands abs. with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a Subst., asκἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο E.Ph. 266
, cf.[315] (lyr.);ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Id.Or. 1412
(lyr.): rarely abs. in gen., ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω to go forward, X.An.1.3.1 ;τοῦ προσωτάτω δραμεῖν S.Aj. 731
.C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects ; both in nom. sg. masc. ὅ, asκλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Od.2.262
, cf. 1.300, al. ;Ἔρως, ὃ κατ' ὀμμάτων στάζεις πόθον E.Hipp. 526
(lyr.);Ἄδωνις, ὃ κἠν Ἀχέροντι φιλεῖται Theoc.15.86
; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Schwyzer679.12,25 ([place name] Cyprus) ; and in the forms beginning with τ, esp. in Hom. (Od.4.160, al.), Hdt.1.7, al.: also in [dialect] Ion. Poets,ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Archil.87.3
, cf. Semon.7.3, Anacr.86 (prob.), Herod.2.64, al.: freq. in Trag., , Tr. 381, 728, E.Alc. 883 (anap.);τῷ S.Ph.14
; , Tr.47, El. 1144 ; τό Id.OT 1427 ; τῶν ib. 1379, Ant. 1086.—Never in Com. or [dialect] Att. Prose:—[dialect] Ep. gen. sg.τεῦ Il.18.192
(s.v.l.).D CRASIS OF ARTICLE:a [dialect] Att. ὁ, ἡ, τό, with [pron. full] ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιον; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθά; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντος; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([pron. full] ¯ ?ὁX?ὁX), [dialect] Ion. οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (v. ἕτερος), [dialect] Att. fem. ἡτέρα, dat. θητέρᾳ (v. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (freq. written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Pap.); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί= αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ.
Страницы
См. также в других словарях:
Daughter of the Lioness — Trickster s Queen, the second book of the duology. Trickster s Choice Trickster s Queen Author Tamora Pierce … Wikipedia
His Little Women — is a novel written by Judith Rossner. Published in 1990, His Little Women was the first book that Rossner published after her critically acclaimed novel, August . Plot The story is narrated by Nell Pearlstein Berman, daughter of the legendary… … Wikipedia
First Families of Virginia — (FFV) originated with colonists from England who primarily settled at Jamestown and along the James River and other navigable waters in the Colony of Virginia during the 17th century. As there was a propensity to marry within their narrow social… … Wikipedia
First Family of the United States — The First Family of the United States consists of the President of the United States, the President s spouse (the First Lady), and their children. The family is afforded Secret Service protection while the President remains in office and share in … Wikipedia
Daughter of Julius Constantius — An unnamed[1] daughter of Julius Constantius was the first known wife of Constantius II. [2] Family She is mentioned in the Letter To The Senate And People of Athens by Julian the Apostate to have been a sister of Constantius Gallus.[2] When… … Wikipedia
Daughter of Earth — Cover … Wikipedia
First and Second Samuel — First and Second Books of Kings † Catholic Encyclopedia ► First and Second Books of Kings (Also know as the FIRST AND SECOND BOOKS OF SAMUEL. For the First and Second Books of Kings in the Authorized Version see KINGS, THIRD AND… … Catholic encyclopedia
First Monday — Infobox television show name = First Monday caption = format = Drama runtime = 1 hour creator = Donald Bellisario starring = Joe Mantegna James Garner Charles Durning Hedy Burress Randy Vasquez Christopher Wiehl Joe Flanigan country = USA network … Wikipedia
first lady — 1. (often caps.) the wife of the president of the U.S. or of the governor of a state. 2. the wife of the head of any country: the first lady of Brazil. 3. the foremost woman in any art, profession, or the like: first lady of the American theater … Universalium
Wife — For other uses, see Wife (disambiguation). The Merchant s Wife (1918) by Boris Kustodiev … Wikipedia
First Lady of Malaysia — The First Lady of Malaysia is the unofficial title referring to the wife of the Prime Minister of Malaysia. It is following the style of the United States where the wife of the President is known as the First Lady of the United States.As of… … Wikipedia
